JP2010240120A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

<P>PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine which is made suitable for attaching a game board. <P>SOLUTION: A Pachinko game machine includes the game board 80 and an inner frame 12. The game board 80 is attached to the inner frame 12 from the front side of the Pachinko game machine. Guide rails 100 and a game area partitioning member 480 are fixed to the game board 80 by projection from the front surface, and then, the game area PE is divided by the guide rails 100 and the game area partitioning member 480. Grips 481, 482 which can be gripped from the front surface side of the game board 80 are formed at parts on the outside of the game area PE in the game area partitioning member 480. <P>COPYRIGHT: (C)2011,JPO&INPIT

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  Some gaming machines such as pachinko machines are provided with a gaming machine body in which a gaming board is mounted on a frame. A rail member is provided on the front surface of the game board, and a region surrounded by the rail member on the front surface of the game board is a game area. A door body covering the gaming machine body is provided on the front side of the gaming machine body, and the gaming area can be visually recognized through a transparent panel disposed at a position in front of the gaming board in the door body. ing. When the game ball launch handle is operated by the player, the game ball is launched from the game ball launch device. The game ball launcher has a launch rail that defines the launch direction of the game ball. The game ball launched from the launch rail is guided to the game area by moving along the rail member.

  Generally, in such a gaming machine, the game board is detachably attached to the frame body, and by making the game board detachable, maintenance work of the game board etc. is facilitated or the model is changed. In this game, the game board can be easily replaced. In particular, in recent years, a gaming machine in which a game board can be attached and detached from the front of the frame body has been proposed, and the above-described game board attachment / detachment work is further facilitated (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

JP-A-6-47157

  However, in a type of gaming machine in which the game board is attached from the front side of the frame, there is still room for improvement, such as ease of attachment of the game board, attachment position accuracy, and attachment stability.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can be suitably attached to a gaming board.

  Hereinafter, means for solving the above problems will be described.

  The invention described in claim 1 includes a game board having a game area formed on the front side, and the game board is attached from the front of the game machine to a support frame that removably supports the game board. In the gaming machine, the game area is fixed to the game board in a state of protruding from the front surface of the game board, and is provided in a game area partition member that partitions the game area, and in a portion outside the game area in the game area partition member And a grip portion that can be gripped from the front side of the game board.

  The mounting of the game board can be made suitable.

It is a front view which shows the pachinko machine in one embodiment. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main structures of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main structures of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view which shows the structure of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view which shows the structure of a front door frame. It is a front view which shows the structure of an inner frame. It is a front view which shows the structure of a game board. It is a rear view which shows the structure of an inner frame. It is a perspective view which shows the back surface structure of a game board. It is a front view which shows the structure of a back pack unit. It is a front perspective view of the inner frame which decomposes | disassembles and shows main structures. FIG. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 6. FIG. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line B-B in FIG. 6. It is the schematic which shows the flow of attachment or detachment of a game board. It is the schematic which shows the flow of attachment or detachment of a game board. It is a disassembled perspective view which shows the state which removed the locking device from the inner frame. It is CC sectional view taken on the line of FIG. It is the schematic which shows the positional relationship of the open front door frame, the game board, and the insertion part. (A1)-(c1) is sectional drawing which shows the mode of replacement | exchange of a game board schematically, (a2)-(c2) is a front perspective view which shows the mode of replacement | exchange of a game board schematically. (D1), (e1) is sectional drawing which shows the mode of replacement of a game board roughly, (d2), (e2) is a front perspective view which shows the mode of replacement of a game board roughly. It is a disassembled perspective view which shows the state which removed the handle base from the inner frame. It is a perspective view which shows the state which removed the locking device from the inner frame. It is the perspective view which looked at the locking device from back. It is a disassembled perspective view which decomposes | disassembles and shows a locking device for every main component. It is the schematic which shows the state in the middle of opening and closing of a front door frame. It is the schematic which shows the positional relationship of both collar members. It is the schematic which shows the state which operated the operation key K clockwise. It is the schematic which shows the state which operated the operation key K counterclockwise. FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line EE in FIG. 4. It is a front perspective view of an outer frame. FIG. 9 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line FF in FIG. 8. It is the schematic which shows the relationship between a cam member and a screw | thread, and an opening part. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is the schematic which shows the modification of a locking device. It is the schematic which shows the modification of a locking device.

  Hereinafter, an embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as “pachinko machine”), which is a type of gaming machine, will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10, FIGS. 2 and 3 are perspective views showing the main configuration of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 4 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. In FIG. 2, the configuration in the game area of the pachinko machine 10 is omitted for convenience.

  The pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that forms an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main part 12 that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 11. The outer frame 11 is configured by connecting wooden plates to four sides and has a rectangular frame shape. The pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall by attaching and fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility.

  The gaming machine main part 12 includes an inner frame 13 as a base body, a front door frame 14 disposed in front of the inner frame 13, and a back pack unit 15 disposed behind the inner frame 13. . An inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the outer frame 11. Specifically, the inner frame 13 can be rotated forward with the left side as the rotation base end side and the right side as the rotation front end side in the front view of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported on the inner frame 13, and can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view. It is said that. Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported on the inner frame 13, and when viewed from the front, the left side is a rotation base end side and the right side is a rotation front end side. It is possible to move.

  Next, the front door frame 14 will be described. In the following description, FIGS. 1 to 3 are referred to, and FIG. 5 is referred to for the configuration of the back surface of the front door frame 14. FIG. 5 is a rear view of the front door frame 14.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the front door frame 14 is provided so as to cover almost the entire front side of the inner frame 13. A window portion 21 is formed on the front door frame 14 so that substantially the entire game area PE described later can be viewed from the front. The window portion 21 has a substantially oval shape and is fitted with a transparent glass 22.

  More specifically, the front door frame 14 has a glass holder 27 provided so as to surround the window portion 21. The glass holder 27 protrudes rearward from the back surface of the front door frame 14, and extends vertically along the left and right edges of the window portion 21 and the lower end portions of both the vertical holder portions 27 a and 27 b. And a horizontal holder portion 27c extending left and right. Each holder part 27a-27c is formed with two groove parts arranged side by side. The groove portions of the vertical holder portions 27a and 27b are opened upward and on the sides facing each other (that is, the center side of the window portion 21), and the groove portions of the horizontal holder portion 27c are opened upward and both the vertical holder portions 27a. 27b, and the glass region 22 is fitted into each of the groove portions, so that the game area PE is covered in two layers.

  As shown in FIG. 1, light emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the window portion 21. For example, an annular illumination part 23 incorporating a light emitting means such as an LED is provided along the periphery of the window part 21. In the annular illumination part 23, lighting or blinking is performed in accordance with a change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach. In addition, an error display lamp unit 24 is provided at the center of the annular illumination unit 23 and at the uppermost part of the pachinko machine 10 so as to be lit when a predetermined error occurs. A prize ball lamp unit 25 is provided. Further, a speaker unit 26 is provided at a position close to the central error display lamp unit 24 to output sound effects corresponding to the gaming state.

  Below the window portion 21 in the front door frame 14, an upper bulging portion 31 and a lower bulging portion 32 that bulge to the near side are provided side by side. An upper pan 33 that opens upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 31, and a lower pan 34 that also opens upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 32. The upper plate 33 has a function of temporarily storing game balls paid out from a payout device described later and guiding them to the game ball launching mechanism described later while aligning them in a line. In addition, the lower tray 34 has a function of storing game balls that become surplus in the upper tray 33.

  A game ball launching handle 40 is provided on the right side of the lower bulging portion 32 so as to protrude toward the front side. By operating the game ball launch handle 40, a game ball is launched from a game ball launch mechanism described later.

  As shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, a passage forming unit 50 is attached to the back surface of the front door frame 14. The passage forming unit 50 is formed of a synthetic resin, and includes a front door side upper tray passage 51 that leads to the upper tray 33 and a front door side lower tray passage 52 that leads to the lower tray 34. In the passage forming unit 50, a receiving portion 53 that protrudes rearward and opens upward is formed at an upper corner portion thereof, and the receiving portion 53 is divided into left and right portions by a partition wall 54, whereby the front door side upper plate is formed. A passage 51 and an entrance portion of the front door side lower dish passage 52 are formed. The upstream side of the front door side upper dish passage 51 and the front door side lower dish path 52 are connected to a game ball distributing section described later, and the game balls that have entered the front door side upper dish path 51 are guided to the upper plate 33, The game balls that have entered the door-side lower dish passage 52 are guided to the lower dish 34.

  Protrusion shafts 61 and 62 are provided on the upper and lower ends of the rotation base end side (the right side in FIG. 5) on the back surface of the front door frame 14. These projecting shafts 61 and 62 constitute an assembly mechanism for the inner frame 13. Further, as shown in FIG. 2, a plurality of hook receiving members 63 extending rearward are arranged in parallel in the up-down direction side (left side in FIG. 5) on the back surface of the front door frame 14. These hook receiving members 63 constitute a locking mechanism for the inner frame 13. A detailed description of the locking mechanism will be described later.

  Next, the inner frame 13 will be described in detail. FIG. 6 is a front view of the inner frame 13. In FIG. 6, the configuration in the game area of the pachinko machine 10 is omitted as in FIG.

  The inner frame 13 is mainly composed of a resin base 70 whose outer shape is substantially the same as that of the outer frame 11. Support metal fittings 71 and 72 are attached to the upper end portion and the lower end portion of the rotation base end side (left side in FIG. 6) on the front surface of the resin base 70. Although illustration is omitted, shaft holes are formed in the support fittings 71 and 72, and the projection shafts 61 and 62 of the front door frame 14 are inserted into these shaft holes, so that the front door with respect to the inner frame 13. The frame 14 is rotatably supported.

  A game board accommodating portion 75 for accommodating the game board 80 is formed at a substantially central portion of the front surface of the resin base 70. The game board accommodating portion 75 is recessed on the back side (rear) of the resin base 70 to define an accommodation space for accommodating the game board 80, and the game board 80 attached to the resin base 70 is fitted in the accommodation space. It is in the state. Particularly in the present embodiment, the game board 80 is detachably attached to the resin base 70, thereby facilitating maintenance work and the like.

  The game board 80 includes a wooden plywood and a sheet material that covers a front plate surface of the plywood, and the front surface of the game board 80 is exposed to the front side of the resin base 70 through an open portion of the game board housing portion 75. . In the exposed portion, that is, the front surface of the game board 80, a game area PE in which game balls flow down is formed. Hereinafter, the game board 80 (particularly, various configurations arranged in the game area PE) will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a front view of the game board 80.

  The game board 80 is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in its own thickness direction (front-rear direction) by performing router processing. Each opening is provided with a general winning port 81, a variable winning device 82, operating ports 83a and 83b, a through gate 84, a variable display unit 85, and the like. When game balls enter the general winning port 81, the variable winning device 82, and the operation ports 83a and 83b, the game balls are detected by a detection switch described later, and a predetermined number of award balls are paid out based on the detection result. The In addition, an out port 86 is provided at the lowermost part of the game board 80, and game balls that have not entered various winning ports etc. are discharged from the game area PE through the out port 86.

  In addition, in the game board 80, a number of nails 87 are implanted in order to disperse and adjust the flow path of the game ball as appropriate, and various members (functions) such as a windmill are arranged. The flow path of the game ball is differentiated by various configurations such as the nails 87 and the windmills, and adjusted so that the winning to the above-described general winning opening 81 and the like occurs with an appropriate establishment.

  The variable winning device 82 is normally in a closed state in which a game ball cannot be won or difficult to win, and is switched to a predetermined open state in which a game ball is easy to win in the case of a big hit. As a release mode of the variable winning device 82, a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of winnings is regarded as one round, and the variable winning device 82 is opened by a plurality of rounds (for example, 15 rounds). It is set to be repeated as the upper limit.

  The variable display unit 85 is disposed at the upper center of the game board 80, and the operation ports 83a and 83b are disposed below the variable display unit 85. More specifically, the operation ports 83a and 83b are arranged side by side with the operation port 83a on the upper side and the operation port 83b on the lower side. The variable display unit 85 and the operation ports 83a and 83b are portions that control game play, and the player's attention is likely to be gathered. By arranging the variable display unit 85 and the operation ports 83a and 83b side by side in the center of the gaming machine, the movement amount of the line of sight between the two is suppressed, which contributes to the reduction of the burden on the player's eyes.

  The variable display unit 85 includes a symbol display device 94 that variably displays symbols with a winning in the operation ports 83a and 83b as a trigger. The symbol display device 94 is configured as a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display (display screen 94a), and the display content is controlled by a display control device described later. Specifically, on the display screen 94a, symbols are displayed side by side in the upper, middle, and lower levels, and these symbols are variably displayed as they are scrolled in the horizontal direction. When a big hit occurs, a predetermined combination of symbols is stopped and displayed on a preset active line, and a transition is made to a special gaming state. The display mode on the display screen 94a may be changed as follows. That is, the symbols may be displayed side by side on the left, middle, and right, and the symbols may be displayed in a variable manner by scrolling up and down.

  The variable display unit 85 includes a center frame 95 formed so as to surround the symbol display device 94. A first specific lamp unit 96 and a second specific lamp unit 97 are provided on the center frame 95. Reservation lamp portions 98 and 99 are provided at the upper and lower portions of the center frame 95, respectively. The lower holding lamp unit 98 corresponds to the symbol display device 94 and the first specific lamp unit 96, and the number of times that the game ball has passed through the operation port 83 is held up to four times, and the holding lamp unit 98 is turned on. The number of reserved items is displayed. The upper holding lamp unit 99 corresponds to the second specific lamp unit 97, and the number of times that the game ball has passed through the through gate 84 is held up to four times, and the number of holdings is displayed by lighting the holding lamp unit 99. It has become so.

  Referring again to FIG. 6, a game ball launching mechanism 110 that launches a game ball to the game area PE based on the operation of the game ball launch handle 40 is provided below the game board housing portion 75 in the resin base 70. It has been. More specifically, in the resin base 70, a launching mechanism installation portion 79 for installing the game ball launching mechanism 110 is formed below the game board housing portion 75. The game ball launching mechanism 110 installed in the launching mechanism installation unit 79 is located near the rotational tip of the inner frame 13. The game ball launching mechanism 110 includes a solenoid 111 that launches a game ball placed at a predetermined launch standby position, a launch rail 112 that defines the launch direction of the game ball launched by the solenoid 111, and a game at the launch standby position. A ball feeding mechanism 113 for supplying a sphere and a base plate 114 on which the various configurations 111 to 113 are mounted are provided as main components, and the base plate 114 is screwed to the resin base 70 to be internally It is integrated with the frame 13.

  The game ball launching mechanism 110 (specifically, the solenoid 111) is electrically connected to a power source / launch control device to be described later. The output shaft of the solenoid 111 moves in the expansion / contraction direction, that is, the rail direction of the launch rail 112 based on the output of the electrical signal from the power source / launch control device, and the game ball placed in the launch standby position is played in the game area PE. Specifically, it is launched toward the guide rail 100 mounted on the game board 80.

  The guide rail 100 partitions the game area PE together with a game area partition member 480 described later so that the outer shape of the game area PE is substantially circular. In addition, the guide rail 100 includes an inner rail 101 and an outer rail 102 that are arranged so as to face each other with a gap slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the game ball is defined by a region sandwiched between the two rails 101 and 102. The guide passage 103 is formed. The guide passage 103 has an inlet portion 104 that is open to the distal end side of the firing rail 112 (the rotational distal end side of the inner frame 13), and an outlet portion 105 that is located above the game area PE. The game ball fired based on the operation of the solenoid 111 is guided to the game area PE by moving in the order of the firing rail 112 → the guide rail 100 (the entrance portion 104 → the exit portion 105). In the game board 80, a reversal prevention member 106 for preventing the reversal of the game ball reaching the game area PE into the guide passage 103 is attached to the front side of the exit portion 105, specifically near the tip of the inner rail 101. Thus, it is possible to prevent the subsequent launch of the game ball from being hindered by the game ball that has reached the game area PE first.

  Each of the rails 101 and 102 constituting the guide rail 100 has an arc shape centered at a substantially central portion of the game area PE. For this reason, the game ball passing through the guide passage 103 is likely to move (slide or roll) along the outer rail 102, that is, in contact with the outer rail 102 due to the centrifugal force generated by itself.

  The guide rail 100 is operated when the game ball launch handle 40 is operated to such an extent that the game ball can reach the game area PE, that is, when the operation amount of the game ball launch handle 40 exceeds the first specified amount. In addition, the game ball launched from the launch rail 112 is formed so as to land on the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100, specifically the specific portion SP located on the extension of the launch rail 112 in the outer rail 102.

  The outer rail 102 is formed so that the direction of the tangent TL at the specific portion SP is substantially the same as the rail direction of the firing rail 112. By aligning the direction of movement of the launched game balls and the direction of the tangent TL of the specific part SP, the impact caused by the landing of the game balls is reduced and the rebound of the game balls is suppressed. Is possible.

  The outer rail 102 includes a plurality of fixing pins 102 a as fixing means for fixing the outer rail 102 to the game board 80. The fixed pin 102a is disposed along the outer rail 102, and the specific portion SP is set between the fixed pins 102a. As a result, it is possible to allow slight deformation (elastic deformation) of the outer rail 102 at the specific part SP, and to reduce the impact when the game ball lands on the specific part SP.

  As shown in FIG. 6, the guide rail 100 and the launch rail 112 are arranged such that the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the launch rail 112 face each other diagonally across the lower edge of the game board 80. ing. That is, both the rails 100 and 112 are arranged such that the entrance portion 104 (specifically, the specific portion SP) of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the firing rail 112 are shifted to the left and right in the vicinity of the lower end edge of the game board 80. Has been. Thus, a gap of a predetermined interval is formed between the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the firing rail 112 while bringing both rails 100 and 112 close to the lower end edge of the game board 80.

  A foul ball passage 55 is disposed below the gap formed in this way. The foul ball passage 55 is integrally formed with the passage formation unit 50 of the front door frame 14. If the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 do not reach the game area PE and return as foul balls in the guide passage 103, the foul balls enter the foul ball passage 55 through the gap. It becomes. The foul ball passage 55 communicates with the front door side lower tray passage 52, and the game balls that have entered the foul ball passage 55 are discharged to the lower tray 34 shown in FIG. This suppresses interference between the foul ball and the next game ball to be launched.

  A passage forming portion 121 is provided on the left side of the firing rail 112 in the resin base 70 so as to penetrate the resin base 70 in the front-rear direction. The passage forming part 121 has a main body side upper dish path and a main body side lower dish path, and the upstream side of the main body side upper dish path and the main body side lower dish path leads to a game ball distributing part to be described later. Yes. A receiving portion 53 of a passage forming unit 50 attached to the front door frame 14 is inserted below the passage forming portion 121, and a front door side upper plate passage 51 is disposed below the main body side upper plate passage. A front door side upper dish path 51 is arranged below the main body side lower dish path (see FIG. 5).

  In the resin base 70, a shutter 124 that restricts the outflow of game balls from the main body side upper dish path and the main body side lower dish path is provided below the passage forming portion 121. The shutters 124 and 125 are supported by the resin base 70 in a state where the shutters 124 and 125 can be switched between a blocking position where the outlet portions of both passages are narrowed to prevent the gaming ball from flowing out and an allowable position where the gaming ball is allowed to flow out. Yes. Further, a biasing member that biases the shutters 124 and 125 toward the blocking position is attached to the resin base 70. When the front door frame 14 is opened with respect to the inner frame 13, the biasing force of the biasing member is provided. Thus, the shutters 124 and 125 remain in the blocking position. Thereby, when the front door frame 14 is opened in a state where the game balls are stored in the main body side upper tray passage or the main body side lower tray passage, the disadvantage that the stored balls spill out is avoided. On the other hand, when the front door frame 14 is closed, the shutters 124 and 125 are pushed back to the permissible position against the urging force by the receiving portion 53 provided in the passage forming unit 50 of the front door frame 14. In this state, the main body side upper dish passage and the front door side upper dish path 51 communicate with the main body side lower dish path and the front door side lower dish path 52, respectively, and the movement of the game ball is allowed.

  Next, the back configuration of the inner frame 13 (the resin base 70 and the game board 80) will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a rear view of the inner frame 13.

  A bearing fitting 132 is attached to the rotation base end side (the right side in FIG. 8) on the back surface of the resin base 70. A bearing portion 133 is formed on the bearing bracket 132 so as to be separated from each other in the vertical direction, and the back pack unit 15 is rotatably attached to the inner frame 13 by these bearing portions 133. A plurality of fixing levers 134 for fixing the back pack unit 15 to the inner frame 13 are provided on the back surface of the resin base 70.

  A central opening 76 that penetrates in the thickness direction of the resin base 70 and opens to the back side of the resin base 70 is formed in the bottom portion (opposing plate portion 251 described later) of the game board housing portion 75 in the resin base 70. The central opening 76 is covered from the front side of the inner frame 13 by the game board 80 housed in the game board housing part 75. Various components such as a control device are mounted on the back of the game board 80, and these various components are exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the central opening 76. Here, the configuration of the back surface of the game board 80 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the game board 80 as viewed from the rear.

  On the back of the game board 80, a base member 141 made of synthetic resin for mounting the variable display unit 85 on the game board 80 is fixed. The pedestal member 141 has a substantially box shape opened to the game board 80 side, and covers almost the entire rear surface of the game board 80. A part of the base member 141 protrudes to the back side of the resin base 70 through the central opening 76 of the resin base 70, and the symbol display device 94 described above and the symbol display device 94 are driven with respect to the protruding portion. And a display control device for mounting. The symbol display device 94 and the display control device are arranged so that the symbol display device is on the front side and the display control device is on the rear side in the front-rear direction (thickness direction of the resin base 70). Furthermore, the game board 80 is equipped with an audio lamp control device unit 142 so as to be positioned behind the display control device. The sound lamp control device unit 142 includes a sound lamp control device 143 and a mounting table 144, and the sound lamp control device 143 is mounted on the mounting table 144.

  The sound lamp control device 143 includes a sound lamp control board that controls sound, lamp display, and display control device in accordance with instructions from a main control device to be described later, and the sound lamp control board is made of a transparent resin material or the like. It is configured to be accommodated in a substrate box 145.

  A main controller unit 160 is provided below the sound lamp controller unit 142 so as to cover the base member 141 from behind. The main controller unit 160 includes a synthetic resin mounting base 161 fixed to the back of the game board 80 and a main control unit 162 mounted on the mounting base 161. The main controller 162 includes a main control board having a function (main control circuit) that controls the main control of the game and a function (power failure monitoring circuit) that monitors the power source, and the main control board is made of a transparent resin material. It is configured to be accommodated in a substrate box 163 made of, for example.

  The board box 163 includes a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base (front case body) and a box cover (back case body) that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected so as not to be unsealed by a box sealing portion 164 as sealing means, whereby the substrate box 163 is sealed. A plurality of box sealing portions 164 are provided on the short side portion of the substrate box 163, and at least one of them is used for sealing processing.

  Any configuration can be applied to the box sealing portion 164 as long as the box base and the box cover are coupled so as not to be opened. However, by inserting a locking pin into the locking hole that forms the box sealing portion 164, the box sealing portion 164 can be applied. The base and the box cover are coupled so as not to be opened. The sealing process by the box sealing unit 164 prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing, and makes it possible to detect such a situation early and easily even if the unauthorized opening is performed. Even after opening, the sealing process can be performed again. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting a locking pin into at least one locking hole portion among the plurality of box sealing portions 164. When the substrate box 163 is opened, such as when a failure occurs in the accommodated main control board or when the main control board is inspected, a connecting portion between the box sealing portion into which the locking pin is inserted and the substrate box 163 main body. Disconnect. As a result, the box base and the box cover of the substrate box 163 are separated, and the internal main control substrate can be taken out. Thereafter, when the sealing process is performed again, a locking pin is inserted into another locking hole. If the history of opening the substrate box 163 is left in the substrate box 163, it can be easily found that the unauthorized opening has been performed by looking at the substrate box 163.

  The board box 163 and the mounting base 161 are connected by a base seal part 165 so that they cannot be opened. Specifically, the pedestal sealing portion 165 has a locking hole portion and a locking pin similarly to the box sealing portion 164, and the locking pin is inserted into the locking hole portion so that the board box 163 and The mounting base 161 is coupled so as not to be separable. This makes it easier to grasp the fact that the substrate box 163 has been illegally removed.

  The portion of the pedestal member 141 that faces the back of the game board 80 corresponds to the game board openings of the general winning port 81, variable winning device 82, upper operating port 83a, and lower operating port 83b, and on the downstream side. A collection passage that collects in one place is formed. Thereby, all the game balls won in the general winning opening 81 and the like are gathered below the game board 80 through the collection passage. That is, the pedestal member 141 is provided with a function of collecting game balls won in various winning openings.

  A discharge passage, which will be described later, is arranged below the game board 80, and the game balls gathered below the game board 80 by the collection passage are led out into the discharge passage. Similarly, the out port 86 leads to the discharge passage, and a game ball that has not won any winning port is led out into the discharge passage through the out port 86.

  Further, in the collection passage, a winning port switch for detecting a game ball won in the general winning port 81 on the front side of the game board 80, a count switch for detecting a game ball won in the variable winning device 82, and an operation port 83a, An operating port switch for detecting a game ball entering 83b is mounted, and a winning detection mechanism is constituted by these various switches. Furthermore, gate switches for detecting game balls passing through the through gate 84 are provided on the left and right sides of the variable display unit 85 in the base member 141. These various switches are electrically connected to the main control device 162, and the detection information by each switch is output to the main control device 162.

  Next, the back pack unit 15 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 10 is a front view of the back pack unit 15.

  As shown in FIG. 10, the back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 201, and with respect to the back pack 201, a payout mechanism unit 202, a discharge passage board 203 (see FIG. 3), and a control device assembly unit 204. Is attached. The back pack 201 is formed of a synthetic resin having transparency, and includes a base portion 211 to which the payout mechanism portion 202 and the like are attached, and a protective cover portion 212 that protrudes rearward from the pachinko machine 10 and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover portion 212 has a shape in which left and right side surfaces and an upper surface are closed and only a lower surface is opened, and has a size sufficient to surround at least the variable display unit 85.

  The base part 211 is provided with an external terminal board (not shown) at the upper right part thereof. Various output terminals are provided on the external terminal plate, and various signals are output to the management control device on the game hall side through these output terminals. Further, the base portion 211 is provided with a pair of upper and lower latch pins 214 at the right end when viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10, and the latch pins 214 are inserted through the bearing portions 133 provided on the inner frame 13. The back pack unit 15 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the inner frame 13. The base portion 211 is formed with a plurality of insertion portions 215 through which the fixing levers 134 provided in the inner frame 13 are inserted, and the base portion 211 is rearward of the base portion 211 in a state where the fixing levers 134 are inserted through the insertion portions 215. The back pack unit 15 is fixed to the inner frame 13 by contact with the inner frame 13.

  In the base portion 211, a payout mechanism portion 202 is disposed so as to bypass the protective cover portion 212. That is, a tank 221 opened upward is provided at the top of the back pack 201, and game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished to the tank 221. A tank rail 222 that is gently inclined toward the downstream side is connected to the lower side of the tank 221, and a case rail 223 that extends in the vertical direction is connected to the downstream side of the tank rail 222. A payout device 224 is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 223. The game balls paid out from the payout device 224 are supplied to a game ball distribution unit 225 provided in the base portion 211 of the back pack 201 through a payout passage (not shown) provided on the downstream side of the payout device 224.

  The game ball distribution unit 225 has a function of distributing the game balls paid out from the payout device 224 to any one of the upper plate 33, the lower plate 34, and a discharge passage described later, and the inner opening 226 has been described above. It communicates with the upper plate 33 through the main body side upper plate passage and the front door side upper plate passage 51, and the outer opening 227 communicates with the lower plate 34 through the main body side lower plate passage and the front door side lower plate passage 52. Is formed.

  3 and 10, the discharge passage board 203 and the control device collective unit 204 are attached to the lower end portion of the base portion 211 so as to sandwich the lower end portion in the front-rear direction. The discharge passage board 203 is formed with a discharge passage 231 opened rearward on the surface facing the control device assembly unit 204, and the open portion of the discharge passage 231 is blocked by the control device assembly unit 204. . The discharge passage 231 is formed so as to discharge game balls to an island facility or the like of the game hall, and the game balls led out to the discharge passage 231 from the above-described recovery passages and the like pass through the discharge passage 231 so that the pachinko machine 10 discharged outside.

  As shown in FIG. 10, the control device assembly unit 204 has a horizontally long mounting base 241, and a payout control device 242 and a power supply / launch control device 243 are mounted on the mounting base 241. The payout control device 242 and the power supply / launch control device 243 are arranged so as to overlap each other so that the payout control device 242 is behind the pachinko machine 10.

  In the payout control device 242, a payout control board for controlling the payout device 224 is accommodated in the board box 244, and a state return switch 245 provided on the payout control board projects out of the board box 244. For example, when the state return switch 245 is pressed when a payout error such as a ball jam in the payout device 224 occurs, the ball jam is eliminated.

  The power source / launch control device 243 includes a power source / launch control board housed in the board box 246, and a predetermined power source required for various control devices and the like is generated and output by the board. Control of the launch of the game ball accompanying the operation of the firing handle 40 is performed. Further, the power supply / launch control device 243 is provided with a RAM erase switch 247. This pachinko machine 10 has a function to store and store various data so that even if a power failure occurs, it maintains the state at the time of the power failure, and when it recovers from the power failure, it can be restored to the state at the time of the power failure. It has become. Therefore, for example, when the power supply is turned off in the normal procedure, as in the case of the game hall being closed, the state before the turn-off is stored and retained. It is like that.

(Attachment structure of game board 80)
In the present embodiment, a characteristic structure is provided regarding the mounting structure of the game board 80 (specifically, the positioning structure determination and fixing structure of the game board 80). Hereinafter, the mounting structure of the game board 80 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 11 and 12 in addition to FIG. FIG. 11 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 13 showing an exploded main structure, and FIG. 12 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG.

  As already described, the game board 80 is fitted to the game board housing portion 75 of the inner frame 13 from the front side of the inner frame 13 (see FIG. 6). As shown in FIG. 11, the game board housing part 75 includes a flat counter plate part 251 that faces the back of the game board 80, and a peripheral wall part that stands up from the counter plate part 251 and extends along the periphery of the game board 80. 261. The counter plate portion 251 is formed with the above-described central opening 76 at substantially the center thereof, and has a substantially rectangular frame shape when the inner frame 13 is viewed from the front. The peripheral wall portion 261 is composed of an upper side wall portion 262, a lower side wall portion 263, a left side wall portion 264, and a right side wall portion 265 that are individually opposed to the upper, lower, left and right end surfaces of the gaming board 80, and the gaming board 80 as a whole. It has a ring shape surrounding it. It can be said that the peripheral wall portion 261 is formed so as to surround the central opening 76.

  The part of the counter plate 251 that is the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14, specifically, the vicinity of the base of the left wall 264, is the side away from the counter plate 251 (the front side of the inner frame 13). A leaf spring 270 as an urging member for urging the game board is arranged in parallel vertically along the edge of the game board 80. The leaf springs 270 are arranged near the upper end and the lower end of the game board 80, respectively, and are set so that the urging force against the game board 80 is equal on the upper end side and the lower end side of the game board 80. Thus, the biasing force acts on one of the upper end and the lower end of the game board 80 in a biased manner, thereby suppressing the game board 80 from being easily tilted.

  As shown in FIG. 12, the leaf spring 270 has a base plate portion 271 as an attachment portion with respect to the opposing plate portion 251 and a pressing portion 272 that pushes the back surface of the game board 80, and both of them have a bent portion 273. The long plate-shaped steel plates are folded back so as to be continuous with each other. When the pressing portion 272 is bent and deformed with the bent portion 273 as the base end, the urging force described above is exhibited.

  A plate spring installation portion 252 that is recessed toward the back side of the inner frame 13 is formed on the front surface of the counter plate portion 251. The leaf spring 270 is fixed to the inner frame 13 by being screwed to the leaf spring installation portion 252 with the base plate portion 271 fitted in the leaf spring installation portion 252. The depth dimension of the plate spring installation part 252 is set to be larger than the plate thickness dimension of the base plate part 271, and the base plate part 271 and the bent part 273 are buried in the plate spring installation part 252. . The pressing portion 272 has a curved shape that protrudes toward the game board 80, and a top portion 272 a (a portion that contacts the game board 80) protrudes from the leaf spring installation portion 252 toward the game board 80. Thus, the pressing function is ensured by protruding the top portion 272a.

  In addition, although the front-end | tip part of the press part 272 becomes a free end and the structure which the same free end protrudes from the leaf | plate spring installation part 252 is employ | adopted in the natural state which is not energizing the game board 80, You may change this as follows. That is, the leaf spring 270 may be configured such that the free end of the pressing portion 272 is always immersed in the leaf spring installation portion 252. As a result, the game board 80 and the free end of the leaf spring 270 can be prevented from being caught when the game board 80 is attached and detached.

  The leaf spring 270 is disposed so that the bent portion 273 faces the left wall portion 264, that is, the fixed end is closer to the left wall portion 264 than the free end of the pressing portion 272. . In such a state, the base plate portion 271 is in contact with the bottom surface of the leaf spring installation portion 252 at least at a position close to the root portion of the left side wall portion 264. When the reaction force received from the gaming board 80 with the urging of the gaming board 80 propagates to the opposing plate part 251 via the pressing part 272 → the bent part 273 → the base plate part 271, the left side of the opposing board part 251 Occurrence of bending deformation with the base of the wall 264 as the base end is suppressed. That is, by receiving the reaction force from the game board 80 near the base of the peripheral wall portion 261, the deformation of the opposing plate portion 251 is suppressed, and the urging function of the plate spring 270 is easily exhibited.

  The inner frame 13 is provided with a stopper 267 that suppresses the displacement of the game board 80 in the biasing direction by contacting the front surface of the game board 80 from the front side in the biasing direction of the leaf spring 270. . The stopper 267 is integrally formed with the left wall portion 264 of the peripheral wall portion 261, and projects from the inner wall surface of the left wall portion 264 into the game board housing portion 75.

  The distance between the stopper 267 and the opposing plate 251 is slightly larger than the thickness of the game board 80. Specifically, the difference between the two is the leaf spring 270 from the leaf spring installation portion 252 (specifically, the top portion 272a). Is set to be smaller than the amount of protrusion. For this reason, the game board 80 which is pushed by the leaf spring 270 and whose front and rear positions are defined by the stopper 267 is slightly lifted with respect to the opposing plate portion 251. That is, a gap is formed between the game board 80 and the opposing plate portion 251. This is a device for extending the range of the allowable thickness dimension of the game board 80.

  Two stoppers 267 are arranged on both upper and lower sides of the leaf spring 270 in front view of the inner frame 13. More specifically, a leaf spring 270 is disposed at the approximate center of the pair of stoppers 267. By defining the positions of the stopper 267 and the leaf spring 270 as described above, a rotational moment in the vertical direction with one of the stoppers 267 as a fulcrum is generated with respect to the game board 80 pushed by the leaf spring 270. Suppressed. Accordingly, in the configuration in which the game board 80 is biased by the plate spring 270, the positional deviation between the upper and lower ends of the game board 80 is suppressed, and the position accuracy of the game board 80 is easily improved. If attention is paid to the fact that the positioning function of the game board 80 is exhibited by the pair of stoppers 267 and the leaf springs 270, the positioning mechanism of the game board 80 is constituted by the pair of stoppers 267 and the leaf springs 270. It can be said that the positioning function is improved by arranging a plurality of mechanisms along one side of the game board 80.

  If it supplements regarding arrangement | positioning of the positioning mechanism (specifically stopper 267), these positioning mechanisms are arrange | positioned in the said guide rail 100 above and below the part which protrudes in the rotation base end side of the game board 80. FIG. Accordingly, the stopper 267 that comes into contact with the front surface of the game board 80 and the guide rail 100 that partitions the game area PE on the front surface of the game board 80 can preferably coexist on the front side of the game board 80. It has become.

  Referring to FIG. 11 again, the inner frame 13 is provided with a long plate member 268 along the leading edge of the left side wall portion 264. The plate member 268 extends over both the upper frame portion 13a and the lower frame portion 13b of the inner frame 13, and both end portions of the plate member 268 are fixed (screwed) to the left frame portion 13c. In addition, an intermediate portion of the plate member 268 is fixed (screwed) to the stopper 267 described above. Thereby, the part connected to the outer frame 11 and the front door frame 14 in the inner frame 13 is reinforced, and further, the deformation of the stopper 267 due to the urging force described above is suppressed.

  An insertion portion 280 into which one side portion of the game board 80 can be inserted is constructed by the plate spring 270 described in detail above and the pair of stoppers 267 arranged above and below the plate spring 270 (see FIG. 12). The insertion portion 280 is arranged on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14 and the rotation front end side of the inner frame 13 to allow insertion of the game board 80 from the rotation front end side of the inner frame 13. It is open to.

  In particular, the leaf spring 270 is arranged such that the top portion 272a of the pressing portion 272, that is, the portion that comes into contact with the game board 80 is separated from the side on which the front door frame 14 is supported rather than the stopper 267. That is, the distance dimension D1 between the top part 272a of the pressing part 272 and the stopper 267 is set larger than the distance dimension D2 between the top part 272a of the pressing part 272 and the stopper 267 in the front-rear direction. Thereby, the game board 80 can be inserted into the insertion portion 280 from an oblique front of the inner frame 13. Further, as already described, the gap dimension between the stopper 267 and the opposing plate portion 251 is set to be larger than the thickness dimension of the game board 80. As a result, the game board 80 inserted obliquely from the front as described above can be rotated with the insertion portion 280 as the base end. The portion of the stopper 267 that faces the game board 80 is chamfered at the tip, and the entrance of the insertion portion 280 is expanded. Thus, the distance dimension D1 is increased, and the holding of the stopper 267 and the game board 80 when the game board is inserted is suppressed. In FIG. 12, the natural state (non-compressed state) of the leaf spring 270 is indicated by a two-dot chain line.

  Referring again to FIG. 11, the insertion portion 280 is inserted into the insertion portion 280 below the insertion portion 280 (the stopper 267 group), specifically, at the position where the left side wall portion 264 and the lower side wall portion 263 intersect in the inner frame 13. A temporary placement unit 290 capable of temporarily placing the game board 80 is provided. The temporary placement portion 290 protrudes upward from a portion of the inner frame 13 that supports the front door frame 14 (specifically, the lower frame portion 13b), and the inner frame is the same as the lower frame portion 13b of the inner frame 13. 13 to the left side frame 13c.

  The upper end portion of the temporary placement portion 290 is positioned above the lower side wall portion 263 of the game board housing portion 75 and has a planar shape facing the lower end portion of the game board 80. On the other hand, a lower notch 88 corresponding to the temporary placement portion 290 is formed in the lower corner portion of the rotation base end side of the game board 80 (see FIG. 6). At the initial stage of inserting the game board 80 into the insertion part 280 and starting to rotate, the lower notch 88 of the game board 80 is temporarily placed (temporarily placed) on the temporary placement part 290. At least a part of the weight of the game board 80 is supported by both the frame portions 13b and 13c. This reduces the work load and facilitates the turning operation of the game board 80.

  As shown in FIG. 6, in the state where the game board 80 is arranged at the mounting completion position, the lower end portion of the game board 80 rests on the upper surface of the lower side wall part 263, and the temporary placement part 290 and the lower notch part 88 described above. There is a slight gap between them. The game board 80 is supported by the lower side wall part 263 by being placed on the lower side wall part 263, and the vertical position thereof is defined. In this way, if attention is paid to the point that the placed game board 80 is supported from the lower side, the lower side wall portion 263 can also be referred to as a “placement portion 263” or a “support portion 263”.

  A guide portion 269 that guides the game board 80 to the upper surface of the lower wall portion 263 when the game board is mounted is formed at the front end portion of the lower wall portion 263 (see FIG. 11). The guide portion 269 is disposed at a position where the lower edge of the game board 80 can abut when the game board is rotated, and is inclined downward toward the front side of the inner frame 13. When the game board 80 is rotated from the state placed on the temporary placement part 290 toward the mounting completion position, the lower end part of the game board 80 hits the guide part 269 in the middle of the game board 80, and the game board 80 becomes the guide part 269. Pushed up along the slope. As a result, the lower notch 88 is separated from the temporary placement portion 290 and the lower end portion of the game board 80 is placed on the lower wall portion 263, and the weight load of the game board 80 is reduced from the temporary placement portion 290 to the lower wall portion. 263.

  The lower wall portion 263 is located between the game ball launching mechanism 110 and the game board 80, and the vertical position of the game board 80 is defined at a position close to the game ball launching mechanism 110. As already described, both the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the game ball launching mechanism 110 are arranged along the lower wall portion 263. This makes it easy to suppress variations in the landing position of the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 on the guide rail 100.

  As shown in FIG. 11, positioning protrusions 259 that define the left and right positions of the game board 80 are provided above the lower side wall portion 263 in the opposing plate portion 251. The positioning protrusion 259 is disposed in the vicinity of the base portion of the lower side wall portion 263, and stands on the game board 80 side from the front surface of the opposing plate portion 251. The positioning protrusion 259 is inserted into a through hole 91 (see FIG. 6) formed in the game board 80, thereby preventing the game board 80 from moving in the left-right direction.

  Here, the arrangement of the positioning protrusions 259 will be supplemented. The positioning protrusion 259 is integrally formed with the counter plate portion 251. The counter plate portion 251 includes a plurality of flat plate portions, and the flat plate portion that is closest to the inlet portion 104 of the guide rail 100 is connected to the corner portion of the peripheral wall portion 261. A positioning projection 259 is disposed on the flat plate portion. That is, the positioning protrusion 259 is disposed on the flat plate portion that is continuous with the lower wall portion 263 and the left wall portion 264 that constitute the peripheral wall portion 261. In this way, in the flat plate portion connected to a plurality of adjacent wall portions, the deformation when a load is applied to the flat plate portion is suppressed, as compared with the case where it is connected to one wall portion. The amount of displacement of the flat plate portion can be reduced. In particular, by arranging the positioning protrusion 259 on the flat plate portion connected to the corner portion closest to the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100, the above-described displacement amount is suitably reduced, and the positional accuracy of the positioning protrusion 259 is improved. Can contribute.

  The through hole 91 formed in the game board 80 is formed so as to allow the variation in the vertical position while suppressing the variation in the horizontal position of the positioning protrusion 259. Specifically, the positioning protrusion 259 has a columnar shape, whereas the through hole 91 has a long hole shape extending in the vertical direction. Thereby, it is easy to avoid the weight of the game board 80 from being applied to the positioning protrusion 259, and the deterioration of the position accuracy of the left and right positions by the positioning protrusion 259 is suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 6, the positioning protrusion 259 and the through hole 91 are located at a position behind the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100, specifically at a position overlapping the back of the outer rail 102 in the front view of the game board 80. It is arranged. More specifically, the positioning protrusions 259 and the through holes 91 are arranged at positions that overlap the specific part SP in the outer rail 102 in the front and rear directions when the game board 80 is viewed from the front. In this way, by defining the left and right positions of the game board 80 at positions close to the specific part SP, it is easy to suppress the variation in the position of the outer rail 102 and the variation in the landing position of the game ball.

  As shown in FIG. 13 (partial sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 6), the standing protrusion 259 is set to be smaller than the depth dimension of the through hole 91 and is positioned at an intermediate position of the through hole 91. The tip of the protrusion 259 is located. This is a device for making the alignment of the through hole 91 and the positioning projection 259 suitable in the configuration in which the game board 80 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13.

  A rail support member 107 that supports the outer rail 102 is attached to a portion of the through hole 91 where the positioning projection 259 has not reached. That is, the front half of the through hole 91 is used as a region for positioning the game board 80, and the rear half of the through hole 91 is used as a region for mounting the rail support member 107.

  The rail support member 107 includes a fitting portion 108 that fits into the through hole 91 and a contact portion 109 that comes into contact with the outer surface of the outer rail 102, and the fitting portion 108 and the contact portion 109 are combined. It is integrally formed of a resin material. When the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 lands on the outer rail 102 (specifically, the specific portion SP), a part of the impact generated by the landing of the game ball is distributed to the rail support member 107 and the game board 80. The outer rail 102 can be protected.

  The rail support member 107 is disposed between the fixed pins 102a. By causing the rail support member 107 to contact the outer rail 102, the vibration of the outer rail 102 due to the landing of the game ball can be suppressed. As described above, the through hole 91 has a long hole shape, and the fitting portion 108 is formed so that its outer shape matches the inner shape of the through hole 91. This makes it easy to disperse the impact on the game board 80 while avoiding the rail support member 107 from rotating (displacement) due to the impact or the like at the time of the game ball collision described above. Moreover, the deterioration of the protective function is suppressed by making it difficult for the rail support member 107 to be displaced.

  As described above in detail, the through hole 91 is used for positioning the game board 80 and mounting the rail support member 107, so that not only the position accuracy of the game board 80 but also the position accuracy of the rail support member 107 and the outer rail 102 are obtained. The position accuracy is improved. Thereby, the landing accuracy of the game ball on the specific part SP in the outer rail 102 can be improved.

  Further, the rising amount of the positioning protrusion 259 from the counter plate portion 251 is set smaller than the rising amount of the lower side wall portion 263 from the counter plate portion 251. This is a device for protecting the positioning protrusion 259. Here, the positional relationship between the game board 80 and the positioning protrusion 259 when the game board 80 is arranged at the mounting completion position will be described based on FIGS. 14 and 15 in conjunction with the vertical position of the game board 80. 14 and 15 are schematic views showing the flow of attaching and detaching the game board. When the game board 80 is mounted, FIG. 14 (a) → FIG. 14 (b) → FIG. 15 (c) → FIG. The operations are performed in the order of d).

  As shown in FIG. 14A, in a state where one side portion of the game board 80 is inserted into the insertion portion 280 and the game board 80 (specifically, the lower cutout portion 88) is placed on the temporary placement portion 290. The game board 80 is supported from below on the rotation base end side. Thereby, the rough dispersion | variation in the up-and-down position of the game board 80 is suppressed. However, in this case, only one side of the rotation base end side of the game board 80 is supported, and the game board 80 is compared with the rotation base end side at the rotation front end side of the game board 80. It is assumed that 80 vertical positions are likely to vary.

  When the game board 80 is rotated toward the mounting completion position, the lower end portion of the game board 80 comes into contact with the guide portion 269 of the lower wall portion 263 of the game board housing portion 75. When the game board 80 is further rotated from this state, the game board 80 is slightly lifted along the guide part 269, and the game board 80 (specifically, the lower notch part 88) is separated from the temporary placement part 290. . As a result, the gaming board 80 is shifted from the state of being placed on the temporary placement part 290 to the state of being placed on the lower side wall part 263, and the vertical position is determined. When the game board 80 is rotated from the state where it is placed on the lower wall part 263 in this way, the contact range CE between the lower wall part 263 and the game board 80 corresponds to the rotation of the game board 80 according to the turning operation. It will spread toward the tip side. Along with the expansion of the contact range CE, variations in the vertical position of the game board 80, in particular, positional variations on the rotating tip side are suppressed.

  When the game board 80 is rotated to a predetermined position, the positioning protrusion 259 of the inner frame 13 starts to enter the through hole 91 of the game board 80. At this time, the insertion portion 280 is defined with respect to the positioning protrusion 259. The contact range CE is expanded to a position on the opposite side. That is, the vertical variation of the game board 80 is suppressed on both the left and right sides of the positioning protrusion 259 before the left and right positioning is performed. More specifically, the contact range CE extends to a range where the entire weight of the game board 80 can be supported, and the burden on the operator is reduced. This makes it difficult to cause inconveniences due to work variations, that is, the positioning protrusions 259 collide above or below the through-holes 91 and positioning is not performed well.

  Furthermore, the rotation center position of the game board 80 is not fixed. That is, according to the rotation of the game board 80, the rotation center position can be displaced within the insertion portion 280. Specifically, in a state where the game board 80 is inserted into the insertion part 280, the game board 80 is located closer to the bent part 273 side than the top part 272a with respect to the leaf spring 270 (specifically, the pressing part 272). Abut. By rotating the game board 80 from this state, the contact position gradually moves toward the top 272a. In this manner, the contact position between the game board 80 and the pressing portion 272 gradually moves forward in the process of turning the game board 80 toward the mounting completion position, so that the rotation center position of the game board 80 is displaced. To do.

  In the configuration in which the game board 80 is rotated and disposed at the mounting completion position, the standing direction of the positioning protrusion 259 and the movement direction of the game board 80 do not necessarily coincide with each other. This can be a factor that makes it difficult to achieve both improvement in positioning accuracy and smooth movement to the mounting completion position. For example, it is possible to bend the rising direction of the positioning protrusion 259 in accordance with the turning trajectory of the game board 80, but in this case, it is difficult to improve the positioning accuracy.

  In this regard, by allowing displacement of the rotation center position (particularly displacement in the front-rear direction), the catch between the through hole 91 and the positioning projection 259 is suppressed, and the positioning projection 259 can smoothly enter the through hole 91. Promoting. Note that the distal end portion of the positioning projection 259 is tapered, and the catch between the positioning projection 259 and the through hole 91 is preferably avoided.

(Fixed structure of game board 80)
As shown in FIG. 11, the same object as the positioning protrusion 259, that is, the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13, has a locked state in which it is impossible to remove the game board 80 from the game board housing part 75, and the game board 80. There are provided a plurality of lock devices 400 that can be switched to an unlocked state that allows removal of the locks. The locking device 400 is arranged on the inner frame 13 on the side opposite to the insertion portion 280, that is, on the right side wall portion 265, and on the insertion portion 280 side, specifically in the vicinity of the positioning protrusion 259. There is something that is. Each of the lock devices 400 has a common basic configuration, and only the configuration associated with the lock device 400 is slightly different. First, the basic configuration of the locking device 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 and 17, and the difference in configuration associated with each locking device 400 will be described later. 16 is an exploded perspective view showing a state where the locking device 400 is removed from the inner frame 13, and FIG. 17 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along the line CC of FIG. In FIG. 17, for the sake of convenience, a part of the configuration of the locking device (an operation lever 440 described later) is shown as viewed from the side of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 16, the counter plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13 is provided with a lock device installation portion 253 where the lock device 400 is installed. The locking device installation portion 253 has a stepped cylindrical shape that is recessed on the back side of the inner frame 13 (see FIG. 17). More specifically, the lock device installation portion 253 is configured by three cylindrical portions 254 to 256 that are gradually narrowed from the front side to the back side of the inner frame 13. Hereinafter, for the sake of convenience, the front side cylinder part 254 is referred to as “front side cylinder part 254”, the rear side cylinder part 256 is referred to as “rear side cylinder part 256”, and the front side cylinder part 254 and the rear side cylinder part 256 are connected to each other. Are distinguished as “intermediate tube portion 255”.

  As shown in FIG. 17, the shaft 410 is inserted through the lock device installation portion 253. The shaft body 410 is formed so that the outer diameter thereof is equal to the inner diameter of the rear surface side cylindrical portion 256, and the shaft body 410 is fitted in the rear surface side cylindrical portion 256 so as to have a direction other than the central axis direction of the lock device installation portion 253. Movement to is restricted.

  The shaft body 410 is arranged so that both ends thereof protrude from the lock device installation portion 253, and the inner frame 13 is opposed to the end surface of the rear side cylinder portion 256 at one end protruding to the rear side of the inner frame 13. A flange 411 that abuts from the back side is formed. The front and rear positions of the shaft body 410 are defined by the flange 411 coming into contact with the end surface of the rear side cylinder portion 256.

  The shaft body 410 is assembled with a pusher 420 that pushes the game board 80 from the back side, and a coil spring 430 as an urging member that urges the pusher 420 toward the back side of the game board 80. Specifically, the pusher 420 has a rectangular tube shape extending in the central axis direction of the shaft body 410, and the coil spring 430 is formed in a spiral shape, and the shaft body 410 is inserted into the pusher 420 and the coil spring 430. (See FIG. 16).

  The pusher 420 is fitted into the front side tubular portion 254 so as to be slidable in the direction of the central axis of the shaft body 410. The inner peripheral surface of the front side cylinder portion 254 has an angular shape that matches the outer peripheral surface of the pusher 420, and the rotation of the pusher 420 around the shaft body 410 is prevented. A protrusion 257 extending in the central axis direction of the lock device installation part 253 is formed on the inner periphery of the front side cylinder 254, and a key groove into which the protrusion 257 is fitted on the outer periphery of the pusher 420. 421 is formed. The fitting position of the pusher 420 is defined by the fitting of the protruding portion 257 and the key groove 421.

  A housing space for the coil spring 430 is defined by the pusher 420 and the intermediate cylinder part 255 that are fitted into the front side cylinder part 254. A step portion 258 facing the back surface of the pusher 420 is formed at a boundary portion between the intermediate tube portion 255 and the back side tube portion 256, and the coil spring 430 is sandwiched between the step portion 258 and the pusher 420 and is always compressed. It is in the state. More specifically, a pair of washers 431 and 432 inserted through the shaft body 410 are disposed on both ends of the coil spring 430, and these washers 431 and 432 function as mounting seat surfaces for the pusher 420 and the stepped portion 258. Yes. It is also possible to omit both washers 431 and 432 and to have a configuration in which the coil spring 430 directly pushes the pusher 420 and the stepped portion 258.

  The thickness dimension (the length dimension in the axial direction) of the pusher 420 is set to be smaller than the depth dimension of the front side cylinder portion 254, and the protrusion from the lock device installation portion 253 is suppressed and the pusher 420 is suppressed. Can be switched between a standby position where the front surface of the game board is flush with the front surface of the opposing plate portion 251 and an operation position where the game board 80 is displaced forward by protruding from the lock device installation portion 253. Hereinafter, a configuration for realizing switching of the position of the pusher 420 will be described.

  The tip of the shaft 410 (the end opposite to the flange 411) protrudes forward through the pusher 420, and the position of the pusher 420 is switched to the protruding tip based on a specific operation. An operation lever 440 is fixed. The operation lever 440 is allowed to rotate around the central axis of the shaft 410, and has a cylindrical base 441 in which the shaft 410 is fitted, and an end of the base 441 opposite to the pusher 420. And an operation portion 446 that protrudes on both sides of the base portion 441 in the radial direction, and has a substantially T-shape as a whole.

  A protrusion 422 erected on the side of the base 441 is provided on a portion of the pusher 420 facing the end surface of the base 441. On the other hand, the end surface of the base portion 441 has a planar shape extending in a direction orthogonal to the rotation center axis line (that is, a radial direction of the rotation center axis line), and can be stopped in a state where the protrusions 422 of the pusher 420 are in contact with each other. The stopping portions 442 and 443 are formed. These stop portions 442 and 443 have different distances from the front end surface of the pusher 420 and are arranged apart from each other in the circumferential direction of the shaft body 410. Hereinafter, for the sake of convenience, one having a larger distance from the front end surface of the pusher 420 will be referred to as a “first stopping portion 442”, and the other having a smaller distance than the first stopping portion 442 will be referred to as a “second stopping portion 443”.

  In addition, a connecting portion 444 that connects the first stopping portion 442 and the second stopping portion 443 is formed on the end surface of the base portion 441. The connecting portion 444 has a curved surface shape that descends from the second stopping portion 443 toward the first stopping portion 442. When the protrusion 422 of the pusher 420 follows the connecting portion 444, switching of the stopping state at each of the stopping portions 442 and 443 is allowed. Note that the connecting portion 444 may have a planar shape that is inclined from the second stopping portion 443 toward the first stopping portion 442.

  The protrusions 422, the stopping portions 442 and 443, and the connecting portion 444 constitute a switching unit that switches the position of the pusher 420, and the lock device 400 includes a plurality of switching units that have one of these various configurations (this embodiment). 3) are provided. These switching means are arranged side by side at equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the shaft body 410. Thereby, it is suppressed that the stress which distorts the operation lever 440 with the urging | biasing force of the coil spring 430 arises. Note that it is also possible to change the arrangement target of the protrusion 422, the stopping portions 442 and 443, and the connecting portion 444. In other words, the pusher 420 may be provided with a configuration corresponding to the retaining portions 442 and 443 and the connecting portion 444, and the base 441 may be provided with a configuration corresponding to the protrusion 422.

  Further, the locking device 400 includes a limiting unit that limits the amount of rotation of the operation lever 440 (see FIG. 16). The restricting means is configured by a protruding portion 445 protruding from the outer peripheral surface of the base portion 441 and a groove portion 423 formed in the pusher 420 and into which the protruding portion 445 is fitted. The groove portion 423 has an arc shape centered on the central axis, and the amount of rotation operation when the operation lever 440 is switched is limited by the groove portion 423 and the protruding portion 445 (90 ° or less in this embodiment). To be limited). This avoids the above-described switching means from interfering with each other, and makes it easy for a plurality of sets of switching means to coexist.

  When the locking device 400 is in the unlocked state, the protrusions 422 of the pusher 420 abut on the second stopping portions 443, thereby preventing the pusher 420 from protruding from the locking device installation portion 253. In this case, since the 2nd stop part 443 is orthogonal to the urging | biasing direction by the coil spring 430, the operation lever 440 will be in the state hold | maintained in the unlocked position. In a state where the operation lever 440 is held at the unlock position, the operation unit 446 faces in the horizontal direction (lateral direction).

  When the lock device 400 is switched to the locked state, the operation lever 440 is rotated clockwise and the operation portion 446 is turned vertically, so that each protrusion 422 passes from the second stop portion 443 via the connection portion 444. To the first stop 442. As a result, the pusher 420 protrudes from the lock device installation portion 253 and pushes the game board 80 from the back side. In this case, since the 1st stop part 442 is orthogonal to the urging | biasing direction by the coil spring 430, the operation lever 440 will be in the state hold | maintained in the lock position. In a state where the operation lever 440 is held at the lock position, the operation unit 446 is inclined so as to face the middle between the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.

  An insertion portion 92 corresponding to the operation portion 446 is formed in the game board 80, and the operation portion 446 protrudes forward from the front surface of the game board 80 through the insertion portion 92. More specifically, the insertion portion 92 penetrates in the thickness direction of the game board 80, and extends from the rotation base end side of the game board 80 to the rotation front end side, more specifically in the horizontal direction. When the device 400 is in the unlocked state, the passage of the operation unit 446 is allowed, and when the lock device 400 is in the locked state, the passage of the operation unit 446 is prevented. For this reason, when the locking device 400 is in the locked state, a portion of the operation unit 446 facing the front surface of the game board 80 abuts against the game board 80, and the game board 80 due to the biasing force of the coil spring 430 described above. Movement is prevented. That is, the operation unit 446 also has a function as a stopper unit that prevents the game board 80 from moving.

  As described in detail above, if attention is paid to the fact that the front and rear positions of the game board 80 are defined by the locking device 400, the locking device 400 is provided with a positioning function in the same manner as the leaf spring 270 and the stopper 267. It can be said that the locking device 400 constitutes a positioning mechanism.

  Here, the relationship between the locking device 400 and the positioning protrusion 259 will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15.

  As shown in FIG. 14A, the locking device 400 is arranged such that the front end portion of the operation portion 446 is positioned forward of the tip end of the positioning protrusion 259. For this reason, when the game board 80 is rotated toward the mounting completion position, the operation unit 446 of the lock device 400 first enters the insertion part 92 of the game board 80 (see FIG. 14B), and then positioning is performed. The protrusion 259 enters the through hole 91 of the game board 80 (see FIG. 15C). More specifically, the positioning protrusion 259 enters the through hole 91 in a state where at least a part of the operation portion 446 is fitted in the insertion portion 92. The inner shape of the insertion portion 92 is formed to be slightly larger than the outer shape of the operation portion 446, and movement variation of the operation portion 446 within the insertion portion 92 is limited. That is, when the operation unit 446 enters the insertion unit 92, assembly variation of the game board 80 (for example, position variation in the left-right direction) is suppressed. As described above, with the configuration in which the positioning protrusion 259 enters the through hole 91 in a state in which the position variation of the game board 80 is suppressed, there arises a disadvantage that the positioning protrusion 259 does not fit into the through hole 91 well. It is difficult.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the locking device 400 is disposed on both the left and right sides of the positioning protrusion 259. That is, the positioning protrusion 259 is disposed between the two lock devices 400 (the right lock device 400R and the left lock device 400L). The insertion portions 92R and 92L corresponding to the respective locking devices 400R and 400L have the left insertion portion 92L opened to the rotation base end side of the game board 80 and the right insertion portion 92R to the rotation distal end side of the game board 80. The lock device 400R, 400L is restrained from being displaced in a direction other than the opened direction. In this way, by providing the lock devices 400R and 400L with the positional deviation suppression function, it is possible to prevent the load from being concentrated on one of the lock devices 400.

  In particular, the insertion portion 92L corresponding to the lock device 400L on the left side is connected to the lower notch portion 88 side of the game board 80 and is open to the rotation base end side of the game board 80.

  In the configuration in which the locking device 400 is arranged on both the left and right sides of the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100, one of the both locking devices 400 located closer to the rotation base end side of the game board 80 than the entrance portion 104 is. There is a concern that the insertion of the game board 80 into the insertion portion 280 is likely to be hindered. It is assumed that such an inconvenience becomes conspicuous by arranging the entrance portion 104 at substantially the center in the width direction of the game board 80.

  Further, since the main body side upper dish passage and the main body side lower dish path are positioned higher than the respective dishes 33 and 34, the game balls are guided to the same dishes 33 and 34 by using their own weights. It is possible to move the game ball. However, in the present embodiment in which the game area PE is expanded, the arrangement of the main body side upper dish passage and the main body side lower dish path is easily restricted by such expansion of the game area PE. This can be a factor that makes it difficult to guide the game balls to the respective dishes 33 and 34.

  In this regard, in the present embodiment, by forming the lower cutout portion 88 in the game board 80, the main body side upper dish passage and the main body side lower dish path and the game board 80 can coexist. Yes. That is, it is possible to arrange the positions of the main body side upper dish passage and the main body side lower dish path higher than the respective dishes 33 and 34 while expanding the game area PE. Further, as described above, the insertion portion 92L is formed so as to be continuous with the lower cutout portion 88, and the insertion portion 92L is opened to the rotation base end side of the game board 80, so that the insertion portion 280 has the game board. Interference between the locking device 400L and the insertion portion 92L when inserting 80 can be avoided. Thereby, the arrangement of the main body side upper dish passage and the main body side lower dish passage and the expansion of the game area PE are preferably realized, and furthermore, both the improvement of the positioning accuracy and the ease of the insertion operation of the game board 80 are preferably realized. is doing.

(Grip structure of game board 80)
In the present embodiment, the gripping structure of the game board 80 has a characteristic configuration. Hereinafter, supplementing various configurations provided in the game board 80 based on FIG. 6 and FIG. 7, the grip structure of the game board 80 will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 7, the guide rail 100 of the game board 80 has an arc shape that is open to the rotating front end side of the game board 80. On the front surface of the game board 80, a block-shaped game area partition member 480 is provided that closes the open portion and partitions the game area PE together with the guide rail 100. In other words, the guide rail 100 and the game area partition member 480 are arranged in a ring shape by arranging the former on the rotation base end side of the game board 80 and the latter on the rotation front end side of the game board 80. The game area PE is configured by the areas partitioned by the guide rail 100 and the game area partition member 480. The game area partition member 480 protrudes from the front surface of the game board 80, and the front surface portion of the game area partition member 480 faces the glass 22 with a slight gap (specifically, a gap smaller than the diameter dimension of the game ball). . Thereby, it is avoided that the game ball gets over the game area partition member 480 and flows out of the game area PE.

  The game area partitioning member 480 is disposed along the end portion (left end portion) on the rotation tip side of the game board 80 and extends vertically from the upper end portion to the lower end portion of the game board 80. A game ball moving along the outer rail 102 collides with a portion adjacent to the tip of the outer rail 102 in the game area partition member 480, specifically, a wall surface located inside the game area PE, thereby causing the same game. A return rubber 490 that rebounds the ball toward the center of the game area PE is attached.

  When the game ball launch handle 40 is operated, a game ball is launched along the launch rail 112 of the game ball launch mechanism 110 toward the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100. When the operation amount of the game ball launch handle 40 exceeds the second specified amount, the game ball moves along the outer rail 102 and passes above the variable display unit 85 (see FIG. 7). Then, the game ball jumps out from the outer rail 102 toward the front side in the rail direction of the outer rail 102 and collides with the return rubber 490. Based on this collision, the return rubber 490 is compressed (for example, elastically deformed), and a part of the collision load applied to the return rubber 490 is transmitted to the game area partition member 480. Through the above process, the momentum imparted to the game ball by the game ball launching mechanism 110 is weakened, and various components such as the nail 87 disposed on the downstream side of the return rubber 490 are protected.

  As shown in FIG. 7, the game area partition member 480 is screwed to the game board 80 at a plurality of locations. At least one of these screws 491 is arranged in the vicinity of the return rubber 490, specifically, at a position ahead of the return rubber 490 in the collision direction of the game ball. As a result, the collision load can be easily distributed to the game board 80, and the durability against repeated collision of game balls is improved.

  Further, the game area partition member 480 reaches the lower end edge of the game board 80 so as to bypass the above-described locking device 400R from the rotation base end side of the game board 80, and the lower part of the game area partition member 480 is described in detail. In the part below the right open part of the guide rail 100, a facing part 485 is formed opposite to the inner rail 101 of the guide rail 100 from the outside of the game area PE. The facing portion 485 faces a portion of the inner rail 101 between the out port 86 of the game board 80 and the lower open end of the inner rail 101 with a slight gap from the lower side. That is, the inner rail 101 and the game area partition member 480 overlap with each other.

  As already explained, some of the game balls that have reached the game area PE enter the entrance holes such as the general winning opening 81 in the process of flowing down the game area PE, but the games that have not entered the entrance area The sphere is guided to the out port 86 as a discharge port by the inner rail 101. More specifically, the inner rail 101 has an arc shape that protrudes downward, and an out port 86 is disposed at the lower end thereof. For this reason, the game ball that has not entered the entrance is collided with the inner rail 101 and then guided to the lowermost part of the game area PE along the inner rail 101.

  As for the inner rail 101, the fixing strength at the open end on the game board 80 side and the periphery thereof tends to be lower than the other portions of the inner rail 101. For this reason, it is assumed that the impact due to the collision of the game balls is likely to increase at the open end of the inner rail 101 and its surroundings. If the inner rail 101 is deformed or the like, there is a concern that smooth guidance of the game ball toward the out port 86 is hindered. In this regard, in the present embodiment, when the inner rail 101 is pushed downward or the like, it hits the facing portion 485 of the game area partitioning member 480, so that deformation or positional deviation of the inner rail 101 is suppressed. Become. Therefore, the inner rail 101 can be protected by the game area partition member 480, and the above inconvenience can be suitably wiped off. In other words, the game area partition member 480 is provided with a backup function of the inner rail 101.

  Further, in the game area partition member 480, the part opposite to the inner rail 101 across the facing portion 485 is the same as the stamp 492 to which identification information (manufacturing number and the like) unique to each pachinko machine is given. An identification unit 494 comprising a transparent case member 493 for accommodating the certificate paper 492 is provided, and the game area partitioning member 480 is formed with a unit accommodating portion 486 for accommodating the identification unit 494. The identification unit 494 is fixed in a state of being fitted in the unit housing portion 486, so that both are integrated.

  The identification unit 494 is fitted into the unit housing portion 486 from the rear, and a part thereof is exposed to the front of the pachinko machine 10 through an opening formed in the unit housing portion 486. The identification information given to the certificate paper 492 can be visually recognized through this opening. That is, it is possible to confirm the identification information of the certificate stamp 492 without removing the identification unit 494 from the game area partition member 480.

  When the game area partition member 480 adopts a configuration having the facing portion 485, the strength of the game area partition member 480 around the facing portion 485 can be improved to improve the above-described guide rail backup function. . In order to realize such an improvement in strength, it is conceivable as one method to increase the size of the game area partition member 480. In this regard, a unit accommodating portion 486 that accommodates the identification unit 494 is provided in the gaming area partition member 480, and by making the unit accommodating portion 486 and the opposing portion 485 coexist, the occupied space of the gaming area partition member 480 can be effectively used. ing. That is, it is possible to improve the strength of the game area partition member 480 and to secure the area for installing the identification means (that is, to effectively use the space), thereby realizing a practically preferable configuration.

  Further, since the game area partition member 480 is a part that does not particularly require attachment / detachment from the game board 80, the attachment can be strengthened. By preventing the identification unit 494 from being removed by the game area partition member 480, unauthorized removal of the identification unit 494 can be suppressed and contribution to improvement of crime prevention can be achieved. For example, the space on the front side of the game board 80 can be effectively used as compared with a configuration in which the identification unit 494 is mounted on the game board 80 using a member different from the game area partition member 480. In consideration of the fact that the game area PE is formed on the front surface of the game board 80 and the area outside the game area PE is limited, the game area partition member 480 is provided with a unit accommodating portion 486 for the identification unit 494. Technical contribution is considered large.

  The game area partition member 480 is provided with a pair of grip portions 481 and 482 that can be gripped when an operator such as a hall manager moves the game board 80. One of the gripping portions 481 and 482 (hereinafter referred to as “first gripping portion 481” for convenience) is higher than the other (hereinafter referred to as “second gripping portion 482” for convenience) and the rotation tip of the game board 80 It is arranged to be close.

  The first grip 481 is formed on the upper end of the game area partition member 480, specifically, on the wall surface on the opposite side of the game area partition member 480 from the wall surface on which the return rubber 490 is mounted. More specifically, the first grip 481 is formed at a position on the opposite side of the return rubber 490 across the screw 491. When the first grip 481 is gripped, a load due to the weight of the game board 80 is easily applied to the first grip 481 (the game area partition member 480). In such a portion where a load is likely to be applied, a strength that can withstand the load may be required. In this regard, the first gripping portion 481 is provided around the portion where the strength is originally required to be secured, that is, the portion where the return rubber 490 is provided, and the locations where the strength should be secured are gathered to secure the strength. The expansion of the necessary area is suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to make it difficult for the inconvenience that the game area PE is compressed due to an increase in the size of the game area partition member 480 or the like.

  The first grip 481 is recessed from the outer wall surface of the game area partition member 480 toward the rotation base end side of the game board 80 (that is, the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14). It is opened on the moving tip side (that is, the front side in the insertion direction of the game board 80 with respect to the insertion portion 280). The first gripping portion 481 can be gripped by inserting a finger into the opening portion from the rotation tip side of the game board 80.

  The opening portion of the first grip portion 481 is disposed at a position that is recessed so as to be on the inner side (rotation base end side) of the edge portion on the rotation distal end side of the game board 80. This makes it difficult for the hand holding the first holding part 481 to be caught on the right side wall part 265 and makes it easier to use the first holding part 481.

  The second grip portion 482 is below the first grip portion 481, specifically, along the lower end portion of the game area partition member 480, and on the rotation base end side of the game board 80 relative to the first grip portion 481. Placed in position. More specifically, the second gripping portion 482 is disposed on the opposite side to the inner rail 101 with the facing portion 485 interposed therebetween, and between the inlet portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the right side locking device 400R. As described above, the second gripping portion 482 is disposed closer to the rotation base end side of the game board 80 than the lock device 400R, that is, closer to the center of the game board 80, thereby improving stability when the game board 80 is gripped. Contributing.

  Further, at least one of the screws 491 for fixing the game area partition member 480 is disposed between the facing portion 485 and the second grip portion 482. This contributes to improving the backup function of the inner rail 101 and improving the grip strength.

  The second grip 482 is recessed above the pachinko machine 10 from the lower wall surface of the game area partition member 480 and is opened below the pachinko machine 10. The second grip 482 can be gripped by inserting a finger into the opening from below.

  The opening portion of the second grip portion 482 is disposed at a position that is deeper than the lower end edge of the game board 80. This makes it difficult for the hand holding the second holding part 482 to be caught on the lower side wall part 263 and makes it easier to use the second holding part 482.

  Here, a supplementary explanation will be given for the work when the game board 80 is attached to and detached from the inner frame 13.

  When the game board 80 is mounted on the inner frame 13, the grips 481 and 482 are grasped from the front side of the game board 80 and the game board 80 is held in a lifted state. At this time, as shown in FIG. 7, one hand RH (finger) is inserted into the first grip portion 481 of the game board 80 and the other hand LH (finger) is inserted into the second grip portion 482. Thus, by holding the first gripping portion 481 with the right hand RH and the second gripping portion 482 with the left hand LH, the game board 80 can be held in a state where the crossing of both arms is avoided, It is easier to reduce the burden. When the game board 80 is held and attached to the inner frame 13, the weight of the game board 80 is supported by the left hand LH, and the game board 80 is pushed toward the insertion portion 280 with the right hand RH. By placing the lower cutout portion 88 on the temporary placement portion 290 of the inner frame 13, preparation for mounting the game board 80 is completed. In this manner, by allowing the roles of both hands to be shared, the game board 80 can be mounted smoothly.

  When the game board 80 is turned from the temporarily placed state, the gripping parts 481 and 482 are arranged on the turning front end side of the game board 80, so that the game board 80 can be easily turned. it can. That is, compared with the case where the gripping portion is arranged on the rotation base end side of the game board 80, it is easier to avoid interference between the hand and the front door frame 14 and contribute to facilitating the securing of the work space. ing.

  When the game board 80 is pushed into the mounting completion position, the opening portions of the respective gripping portions 481 and 482 are separated from the peripheral wall portion 261 of the game board accommodating portion 75 so that the fingers and the peripheral wall portion 261 are not easily caught. It has become. This eliminates the need for a preliminary operation of pulling out a finger from the gripping portions 481 and 482 and changing the game board 80 in the middle of the arrangement, thereby contributing to simplification of the mounting work of the game board 80.

  On the other hand, when removing the game board 80 from the inner frame 13, the right finger is inserted into the first grip 481 of the game board 80 and the left finger is inserted into the second grip 482. Since the opening portions of the grip portions 481 and 482 are provided apart from the peripheral wall portion 261, it is easy to avoid the inconvenience that the finger is caught on the peripheral wall portion 261 and the grip portions 481 and 482 cannot be gripped.

  As described above, when the game board 80 is attached and detached, the work is performed from the front side of the inner frame 13. At this time, it goes without saying that the operation is performed in a state where the front door frame 14 is opened. Here, the positional relationship between the opened front door frame 14, the game board 80 and the insertion portion 280 will be supplemented with reference to FIG. 18. FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram showing the positional relationship between the opened front door frame 14, the game board 80, and the insertion portion 280.

  As shown in FIG. 18, the front door frame 14 is pivotally supported by the support brackets 71 and 72 provided on the inner frame 13 so that the pivoted portion (rotation center axis CL) is supported. It is configured to open and close as the center. The support fitting 72 is formed with a defining portion 73 that defines the maximum opening position of the front door frame 14. When the front door frame 14 is opened and hits against the defining portion 73, further opening is impossible. In the present embodiment, the maximum opening amount of the front door frame 14 is set to about 100 °. This is because, when the front door frame 14 is opened in a state where the pachinko machine 10 is installed in an island facility such as a hall, the front door frame 14 is compared to other adjacent gaming machines and the like. This is a contrivance for preventing interference with a game machine adjacent thereto. The maximum opening amount of the front door frame 14 is not limited to 100 °. As long as at least the removal of the game board 80 is allowed, it may be set arbitrarily.

  The rotation center axis CL of the front door frame 14 is located at the front portion of the front door frame 14, and the front door frame 14 is fitted inside the inner frame 13 with the front door frame 14 closed. It is default to be included. As a result, the inconvenience that an unauthorized tool is inserted through the boundary portion between the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 is less likely to occur, and the crime prevention function is enhanced.

  The insertion portion 280 is disposed behind the rotation center axis CL. Since the front door frame 14 has a predetermined thickness, even when the front door frame 14 is opened to the maximum open position as described above, a part of the rear surface thereof is on the right side of the insertion portion 280 (supports the front door frame 14). It is in a state of overhanging on the side opposite to the side where it is running. Although the insertion portion 280 exists at a position deeper than the overhanging portion, when the game board 80 is put in and out, the path PL through which the game board 80 passes and the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 interfere with each other. The insertion port is opened obliquely forward of the pachinko machine 10 so as to avoid this. As described above, the insertion opening of the insertion portion 280 is directed obliquely forward, thereby suppressing the overhanging portion of the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 and the game board 80 from interfering when the game board is inserted. In particular, by avoiding interference with the overhanging portion of the front door frame 14, it is possible to make it difficult to receive restrictions on the size of the game board 80 (specifically, the game area PE).

(Simplified wiring)
Further, in the present embodiment, the configuration for electrically connecting the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 together with the configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13 is simplified. It has become. Therefore, a configuration for electrically connecting the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 2 and 3.

  As already described, various display devices such as the lamp units 23 to 25 and the speaker unit 26 are mounted on the front door frame 14. By using these display devices, various effects relating to the game, notification of the game situation, and the like are effective. Display devices such as the lamp unit 23 are electrically connected to an audio lamp control device 143 mounted on the back of the game board 80, and the display mode is controlled by the audio lamp control device 143.

  More specifically, the harness H connected to the lamp portion 23 and the like is gathered inside the front door frame 14 and via a harness opening 36 formed in the upper portion of the front door frame 14 on the rotation base end side. Extending toward the inner frame 13 (see FIG. 2). An upper notch 89 is formed in the upper corner portion of the game board 80 at the rotation base end side and is recessed on the rotation tip side of the game board 80 and below the pachinko machine 10.

  The upper notch 89 has a size such that at least a part of the upper notch 89 overlaps the central opening 76 of the game board accommodating part 75 in the front view of the game board 80 (see FIG. 6). The upper notch 89 and the central opening 76 form a passage for the harness H, and the harness H extends to the back side of the game board 80 via the upper notch 89 and the central opening 76.

  The upper notch 89 is formed with a harness support portion 89a that faces the upper side wall portion 262 of the game board housing portion 75 and extends substantially horizontally, and the harness H that extends to the back side of the game board 80 is the same. It is in a state of being placed on the harness support portion 89a.

  A harness-side connector C1 is attached to the end of the harness H opposite to the side connected to the lamp portion 23 and the like. Corresponding to the harness side connector C1, the sound lamp control device 143 is provided with a control device side connector C2. By connecting the harness side connector C1 to the control device side connector C2, the lamp portion 23 and the sound lamp control device 143 are electrically connected.

  The control device side connector C2 is opened to the rear of the game board 80, and the attachment / detachment direction of the harness side connector C1 is defined to be the same as the thickness direction of the game board 80. This makes it easy to utilize the space generated by rotating the game board 80 from the mounting completion position as a work space. These connector attaching / detaching directions are arbitrary, and can be the same direction as the width direction of the game board 80, for example. In this case, it is preferable that the control device side connector C2 is opened to the turning front end side of the game board 80 so that the harness side connector C1 can be easily attached and detached from the turning front end side of the game board 80. Thereby, the work space mentioned above can be utilized more suitably.

  In the present embodiment, the upper notch portion 89 (specifically, the harness support portion 89a) is positioned below the harness opening 36, and the control device side connector C2 is connected to the upper notch portion 89 (specifically, in detail). It is located below the harness support 89a). Thereby, the routing route of the harness H is shortened, that is, the front length of the harness H is shortened, which contributes to avoiding the occurrence of slack.

(Flow of game board 80 replacement work)
Based on the configuration related to the electrical connection described in detail above, the flow of work at the time of game board replacement will be described based on FIG. 19 and FIG. 19 (a1) to (c1) and (d1) and (e1) in FIG. 20 are cross-sectional views schematically showing a state of replacement of the game board 80, and FIGS. 19 (a2) to (c2) and FIG. (D2) and (e2) are front perspective views schematically showing how the gaming board 80 is replaced. When the game board 80 is removed, the work is performed in the order of FIG. 19 (a) → FIG. 19 (b) → FIG. 19 (c) → FIG. 19 (d) → FIG.

  When removing the game board 80, first, the locking of the front door frame 14 to the inner frame 13 is released, and the front door frame 14 is opened. At this time, as shown in FIG. 19 (a), it is easy to secure a work space for removing the game board 80 on the front side of the inner frame 13 by rotating the front door frame 14 to the maximum open position. it can.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 19B, the operation lever 440 is operated so that the locking device 400 that fixes the game board 80 in the closed position is unlocked. When all the locking devices 400 are switched to the unlocked state, the game board 80 is allowed to rotate with the insertion portion 280 of the inner frame 13 as the base end.

  By rotating the game board 80 toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 from the state shown in FIG. 19 (b), the sound lamp control device 143 mounted on the back of the game board 80 moves to the front side of the inner frame 13. (See FIG. 19C). In this state, the audio lamp control device 143 can be accessed from between the rotating front end of the game board 80 and the inner frame 13.

  Thereafter, the connection between the connector C2 of the sound lamp control device 143 and the connector C1 of the harness H is released, and as shown in FIG. 20 (d), the drawer from the insertion portion 280 of the game board 80 is permitted. It becomes. Then, by pulling out the game board 80 to the rotation tip side (right side) of the game board 80, the removal of the game board 80 is completed (see FIG. 20 (e)). In addition, by removing from the inner frame 13 of the game board 80 in this way, the harness H is dropped from the harness support part 89a of the game board 80 and is hung from the harness opening 36 of the front door frame 14.

  Next, a work flow when the game board 80 is mounted will be described. When the game board 80 is mounted, work is performed in the order of FIG. 20 (e) → FIG. 20 (d) → FIG. 19 (c) → FIG. 19 (b) → FIG.

  When the game board 80 is mounted on the inner frame 13, the front door frame 14 is first opened, and the insertion track PL of the game board 80 with respect to the insertion portion 280 is secured (see FIG. 20E). Thus, after the insertion track PL of the game board 80 is secured, the game board 80 is inserted into the insertion part 280 and placed on the temporary placement part 290. In this state, as shown in FIG. 20 (d), since the open portion of the upper notch 89 of the game board 80 is not covered by the game board housing part 75, the pachinko machine 10 Accessible from above. In this state, the harness H hanging from the front door frame 14 is placed on the harness support part 89a of the game board 80, and the connector C1 is disposed on the back side of the game board 80. Note that, by placing the harness H on the harness support portion 89a, it is easy to avoid biting of the harness H when the game board 80 is rotated.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 19C, the connector C1 of the harness H and the connector C2 of the sound lamp control device 143 are connected. Thereby, the lamp portion 24 and the like of the front door frame 14 and the sound lamp control device 143 are electrically connected.

  After the connection of the harness H is completed, the game board 80 is rotated to the mounting completion position. At this time, it is also assumed that the harness H is placed on the upper end portion of the game board 80 instead of on the harness support portion 89a due to a work mistake or the like. In the present embodiment, the harness opening 36 is located at a position deviated from the center of rotation (insertion portion 280) of the game board 80, and the harness opening 36 and the control device side connector C2 in the vertical and horizontal directions. It is arranged in the middle position. Further, the margin of the harness H is hardly given to the entire length of the harness H. For this reason, the harness H is gradually pulled with the rotation of the game board 80, and moves to the harness support portion 89a side. Thereby, even if the operation mistake occurs, the harness H can be easily guided to the harness support portion 89a side, and the biting of the harness H due to the operation error can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 19B, after the game board 80 is arranged at the mounting completion position, the game board 80 is locked by switching the operation lever 440 of the lock device 400 (FIG. 19 ( a)). The locking device 400 in the present embodiment fixes the game board 80 in a state where the back surface of the game board 80 is lifted from the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13. Even when the harness H is sandwiched between the portion 251, inconveniences such as disconnection are less likely to occur. Further, the game board 80 is positioned by the lower wall portion 263, and a predetermined gap is formed between the upper end of the game board 80 and the upper wall portion 262, so that the upper end of the game board 80 and the upper wall portion 262 are separated. Even when the harness H is sandwiched between them, inconveniences such as disconnection are less likely to occur.

  The mounting and dismounting operation of the game board 80 described in detail above is performed on the assumption that the front door frame 14 is opened. However, by opening the front door frame 14, the front surface of the inner frame 13 (for example, the game area) Since the PE and the game ball launching mechanism 110) are exposed, not only can the game board 80 be attached and detached, but also the game ball launching mechanism 110 and the like can be easily maintained.

  However, the front door frame 14 in the present embodiment does not cover the entire front surface of the inner frame 13, and a part of the front door frame 14 remains covered when the front door frame 14 is opened. For this reason, access to the entire front surface of the inner frame 13 is not permitted by opening the front door frame 14. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 2, the lower right section of the inner frame 13, that is, the portion where the game ball launching handle 40 is provided, includes the lower corner portion of the inner frame 13 on the rotation tip side. A handle base 41 is provided so as to cover the part. Here, the handle base 41 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective view showing a state where the handle base 41 is detached from the inner frame 13.

  The handle base 41 covers the entire area of the inner frame 13 together with the front door frame 14, and is integrated with the game ball launching handle 40 by fixing the game ball launching handle 40 to the front side thereof. At the periphery of the handle base 41, a mounting portion 42 for the inner frame 13 is projected. The attachment portion 42 is located on the back side of the front door frame 14, and the attachment portion 42 is screwed to the inner frame 13, thereby preventing access to the screws 45 by the front door frame 14. It has become.

  Further, since the handle base 41 is fixed independently of the front door frame 14, the handle base 41 is configured to remain in its own fixed position even when the front door frame 14 is opened. Therefore, in order to remove the screw 45, it is necessary to first open the front door frame 14, which makes unauthorized removal of the handle base 41 difficult. It is possible to use a structure other than the screw 45 as the fixing means of the handle base 41, for example, a locking pin or a locking claw, but even if such a change is made, the fixing means is still used. It is preferable to arrange behind the front door frame 14.

  Further, the handle base 41 covers a part of the locking device 500 in the pachinko machine 10, and an operating means (specifically, the locking device 500) is provided at a position above the game ball launching handle 40 in the handle base 41. An insertion hole 43 for exposing a cylinder lock 520, which will be described later, to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 is formed.

  In the present embodiment, a locking mechanism for locking the front door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 13 in a state in which the front door frame 14 cannot be opened, and a locking mechanism for locking the gaming machine main part 12 with respect to the outer frame 11 in a state where it cannot be opened. Is realized by one locking device 500, and the front door frame 14 and the gaming machine main part 12 (inner frame 13) can be individually unlocked by operating the operation means.

(Structure of locking device 500)
Hereinafter, the locking device 500 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 6 and 22 to 25. 22 is a perspective view showing a state in which the locking device 500 is detached from the inner frame 13, FIG. 23 is a perspective view of the locking device 500 viewed from the rear, and FIG. 24 is an exploded view of the locking device 500 for each main component. It is a disassembled perspective view. 23 and 24, the upper left of each of FIGS. 23 and 24 is the front of the pachinko machine 10, the lower right is the rear of the pachinko machine 10, the upper right is the left of the pachinko machine 10, and the lower left is the right of the pachinko machine 10. It has become.

  As shown in FIG. 6, the locking device 500 is provided on a portion of the inner frame 13 that faces the front door frame 14, that is, on the front surface of the inner frame 13. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 22, the inner frame 13 is positioned at the end of the inner frame 13 on the rotating front end side of the gaming machine main body 12 than the game board housing portion 75. A locking device accommodating portion 77 is formed along the locking device accommodating portion 77, and the locking device 500 is accommodated in the locking device accommodating portion 77.

  The locking device accommodating portion 77 extends across both the upper frame portion 13 a and the lower frame portion 13 b of the inner frame 13, and has a groove shape opened to the front side of the inner frame 13. The locking device 500 includes a long first base frame 510 that covers the open portion of the locking device housing portion 77, and the first base frame 510 and the locking device housing portion 77 provide various configurations related to the locking device 500. A space for housing is defined.

  Here, the relationship between the game board housing part 75 and the locking device housing part 77 will be supplemented with reference to FIG. In addition, in FIG.15 (d), the front door frame 14 and the structure which accompanies it are shown with the 2 dotted line. The game board housing portion 75 and the locking device housing portion 77 are arranged side by side and are partitioned by the right side wall portion 265 formed on the inner frame 13. In other words, the right side wall portion 265 constitutes a part of each of the accommodating portions 75 and 77.

  The front end portion of the right wall portion 265 is close to the glass holder 27 (specifically, the vertical holder portion 27a) of the front door frame 14, and the vertical holder portion 27a extends vertically along the front end portion of the right wall portion 265. ing. By the right side wall portion 265 and the vertical holder portion 27a, a space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is partitioned into a game board 80 side and a locking device 500 side. Even if a fraudulent tool such as a wire is inserted through the gap between the central opening 76 of the inner frame 13 and the game board 80, the area on the locking device 500 side is defined by partitioning the space as described above. Can be difficult to access. In addition, it is good also as a structure which contact | abuts the front-end | tip part of the right side wall part 265 with respect to the glass holder 27 of the front door frame 14. FIG.

  Referring to FIG. 22 again, the locking device accommodating portion 77 is provided with a plurality of bosses 302 standing up from a wall portion on the back side (hereinafter referred to as “back wall portion 301”), The first base frame 510 is provided with a base frame fixing portion 511 that is fixed to the bosses 302. The locking device 500 and the inner frame 13 are integrated by being screwed to the boss 302 from the front side of the inner frame 13 in a state where the base frame fixing portion 511 is in contact with the tip portion of the boss 302. .

  The base frame fixing portion 511 is opposed to the back wall portion 301 with the boss 302 interposed therebetween, and has a long plate shape that is formed in accordance with the open portion of the locking device housing portion 77. The base frame fixing portion 511 covers the open portion, thereby preventing access to the internal space of the locking device housing portion 77.

  As shown in FIG. 23, member attachment in which various configurations related to the locking device 500 are attached to one of the long sides of the base frame fixing portion 511 on the rotation base end side (the right end edge in FIG. 23) of the inner frame 13. A portion 515 is provided. The member attachment portion 515 is formed by bending the end portion of the base frame fixing portion 511, and stands on the back wall portion 301 side. Further, a flange portion 516 that is bent so as to face the member mounting portion 515 is formed on the other long side of the base frame fixing portion 511. That is, the first base frame 510 as a whole has a substantially U-shaped horizontal cross section. These member mounting portions 515 and flange portions 516 not only ensure the rigidity of the locking device 500 itself, but also enhance the function as a reinforcing member that reinforces the inner frame 13.

  The member attaching portion 515 and the flange portion 516 are formed in a long plate shape having substantially the same length as the base frame fixing portion 511, and the outer plate surfaces of both of them are in contact with the inner wall surface of the locking device housing portion 77. Is formed. This makes it difficult to perform an illegal act of bypassing the first base frame 510 and accessing the internal space of the locking device housing portion 77. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the member mounting portion 515 and the flange portion 516 do not contact the inner wall surface of the locking device housing portion 77.

  A cylinder lock 520 serving as a release operation portion is attached to the lower end side of the base frame fixing portion 511. As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 9 and the like, the cylinder lock 520 includes a pedestal 521 attached to a plate surface (outer surface) opposite to the back wall portion 301 in the base frame fixing portion 511, and pachinko from the pedestal 521. It has a cylindrical cylinder main body 522 extending toward the front of the machine 10, and a lock shaft portion 523 accommodated in the cylinder main body 522, and a plurality of them from the front side of the inner frame 13 with respect to the pedestal 521. Are attached to the first base frame 510 by attaching the screw 527. At least one of the plurality of screws 527 is covered from the front of the inner frame 13 by the handle base 41 (see FIG. 21). This makes it impossible to access the screw 527 without removing the handle base 41, making unauthorized removal of the cylinder lock 520 difficult.

  One end of the cylinder body 522 and one end of the lock shaft portion 523 are exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the insertion hole 43 of the handle base 41 (see FIG. 1). A key hole 524 is formed in an end portion of the lock shaft portion 523 that is exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10. An unlocking operation from the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is performed by inserting an operation key for unlocking operation into the key hole 524 and rotating the operation key around the central axis of the lock shaft portion 523. .

  The other end of the lock shaft portion 523 is exposed in the lock device housing portion 77 through an opening for the lock shaft portion 523 formed in the base frame fixing portion 511, and a cam member is included in the exposed portion. 530 is installed. As shown in FIG. 24, the cam member 530 is detachably fixed to the lock shaft portion 523 by a screw 531 screwed from the back side of the inner frame 13, and is locked in accordance with the key operation described above. When the shaft portion 523 rotates, it rotates together with the lock shaft portion 523. In particular, the cylinder lock 520 in the present embodiment has an internal structure in which the lock shaft portion 523 cannot be rotated unless an unlocking operation is performed by an operation key, and the cam member 530 is directly touched with a finger or the like. It cannot be rotated. The cylinder lock 520 may be configured to use Omlock (registered trademark) having a high function of preventing unauthorized unlocking.

  The cam member 530 has a disk-shaped portion parallel to the base frame fixing portion 511, and a portion on the side of the member mounting portion 515 on the periphery of the disk-shaped portion is an upper and lower portion protruding substantially in the radial direction. A pair of claw portions 532 and 533 are formed.

  The locking device 500 includes an interlocking rod 540 that moves following the operation of the cam member 530 (specifically, the displacement of the claw portions 532 and 533). The interlocking rod 540 has a long plate shape extending along the first base frame 510 and has a length equivalent to that of the first base frame 510, and slides in the longitudinal direction of the first base frame 510 by the member mounting portion 515. It is held in a movable state. The interlocking rod 540 has engagement holes 541 and 542 that engage with the claw portions 532 and 533 of the cam member 530. When the claw portions 532 and 533 are rotated in a state where they are engaged with the engagement holes 541 and 542, the interlocking rod 540 is moved by the claw portions 532 and 533 in the longitudinal direction of the first base frame 510 (that is, upward and downward). Pressed. That is, the external force generated by the key operation is transmitted in the order of the lock shaft portion 523 → the cam member 530 → the interlocking rod 540, and the interlocking rod 540 slides up and down.

  In the cylinder lock 520 in the present embodiment, the rotation of the lock shaft portion 523 and the cam member 530 is allowed only by a key operation as already described. Even if the interlocking rod 540 is slid, the movement of the interlocking rod 540 is prevented by engaging the claw portions 532 and 533 of the cam member 530 with the engagement holes 541 and 542 of the interlocking rod 540. That is, in the locking device 500, the key operation is indispensable when the cam member 530 or the interlocking rod 540 is operated.

  A portion of the first base frame 510 that is above the cylinder lock 520, that is, a portion that is opposite to the game ball launching handle 40 with respect to the cylinder lock 520 (that is, above the cylinder lock 520), There are provided a plurality (specifically two) of front door first hook members 550 that can be switched between a locking position where the receiving member 63 is hooked and a locking release position where the hook receiving member 63 is not hooked. The front door first brim member 550 is mounted on the base plate fixing portion 511 on the plate surface facing the back wall portion 301, and has a plate-like base portion 551 facing the same plate surface and the front from the base portion 551. And a collar portion 555 standing on the door frame 14 side. The base frame fixing portion 511 is formed with a slit 512 that allows the flange portion 555 to protrude toward the front door frame 14, and a portion of the flange portion 555 that protrudes from the slit 512 protrudes upward. It has a shape. The front door frame 14 is locked by this claw-like portion being hooked on the hook receiving member 63 from below.

  The base portion 551 is formed with a long hole 552 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first base frame 510 (that is, the sliding direction of the interlocking rod 540), and the base frame fixing portion 511 is a shaft pin that fits into the long hole 552. 513 is attached. The first pin member 550 for the front door is held by the shaft pin 513 in a slidable state. More specifically, the elongated hole 552 extends upward from the shaft pin 513 and is allowed to move downward of the front door first flange member 550, that is, to move away from the flange receiving member 63.

  In the base portion 551, a standing portion 553 that rises along the member mounting portion 515 is formed at an end portion on the member mounting portion 515 side. When the upright portion 553 is sandwiched between the interlocking rod 540 and the member mounting portion 515, the front door first rod member 550 is prevented from being tilted, position variation, and the like.

  A projection 554 that protrudes toward the interlocking rod 540 is formed at the tip of the standing portion 553, and the tip of the projection 554 protrudes from an open portion 543 formed in the interlocking rod 540. A coil spring 560 as an urging member is attached to the distal end portion of the protrusion 554, and the front door first brim member 550 is urged toward the locked position (upward) by the coil spring 560. ing. When the lower end edge of the long hole 552 comes into contact with the shaft pin 513 from the front side in the urging direction, the movement of the front door first flange member 550 is prevented, and the urging force of the coil spring 560 causes the front door The 1 collar member 550 is held at the locking position. Note that a hole or the like may be used in place of the projection 554 as the attaching portion of the urging member in the front door flange member 550.

  When the interlocking rod 540 slides, the projection 554 is pushed by the upper edge of the opening 543, and the front door first rod member 550 moves from the locking position to the locking release position against the biasing force of the coil spring 560. Become.

  The front door first brim member 550 is disposed at a position facing the front door frame 14 in the base frame fixing portion 511 so as to be separated vertically. Specifically, the front door first flange members 550 are respectively arranged at positions close to both ends of the upper end side of the base frame fixing portion 511 and the cylinder lock 520 side, and lock the front door frame 14. This makes it easy to prevent the front door frame 14 from being lifted in the state. Note that the number of front door first flange members 550 is not limited to two, and may be one, for example, or three or more. However, when the number of front door first brim members 550 is one, the locked state can be illegally released by operating the unauthorized tool with one hand, and the front door frame 14 can be opened (turned) with the other hand. . In this regard, by using two or more front door first brim members 550, both hands are required for unauthorized unlocking. For example, when a fraudulent person is alone, the front door frame 14 is opened. Can be difficult. Thereby, fraudulent acts (so-called hooking) can be suitably suppressed.

  A second base frame 570 extending from the lower end of the first base frame 510 to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 along the lower frame portion 13b of the inner frame 13 is provided below the first base frame 510. It has been. The second base frame 570 has a long shape, and is formed so that one end thereof is located behind the handle base 41 and the other end is located behind the front door frame 14. In other words, the second base frame 570 straddles both the area that overlaps with the handle base 41 in the front-rear direction and the area that overlaps with the front door frame 14 in the front-rear direction.

  The second base frame 570 includes a base frame fixing portion 571 that is fixed (screwed) to the front surface of the inner frame 13 and a long plate-shaped member mounting portion 575 that faces the lower frame portion 13 b of the inner frame 13. And have. A guide flange 576 that guides the front door frame 14 to a predetermined mounting completion position is formed at the end of the second base frame 570 (specifically, the member mounting portion 575) located behind the front door frame 14. The guide flange 576 extends from the front end edge of the member mounting portion 575 to the front of the pachinko machine 10 and smoothly falls toward the front of the pachinko machine 10. A bulging portion 66 that bulges toward the inner frame 13 is formed at a position corresponding to the guide flange 576 on the back surface of the front door frame 14, and the bulging portion 66 is formed on the member mounting portion 575 by the guide flange 576. By being guided by the upper surface and being placed on the upper surface, a shift in the vertical position of the front door frame 14 (for example, a fall with the rotation center axis as the base end) can be suppressed.

  In the member mounting portion 575, the front door second brim member 580 that suppresses the lifting of the lower end portion of the front door frame 14 is located between the guide flange 576 and the handle base 41, specifically, closer to the handle base 41 side. Is provided. The front door second brim member 580 is held by the second base frame 570 in a state where it can be switched between a locked position where the front door frame 14 is locked with respect to the inner frame 13 and a unlocked position where the front door frame 14 is not locked. Yes.

  The front door second flange member 580 has a base portion 581 facing the upper surface of the second base frame 570. Similarly to the second base frame 570, the base portion 581 has a long plate shape extending from the rotation front end side to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13, and most of the plate surface of the second base frame 570. While being in surface contact with the upper surface, one end of the base portion 581 protrudes from the member mounting portion 575 to the first base frame 510 side. A long hole 582 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second base frame 570 is formed in the base portion 581, and a shaft pin 577 that fits into the long hole 582 is attached to the member mounting portion 575 of the second base frame 570. It has been. The front door second flange member 580 is slidably held by the shaft pin 577, and the movement range of the front door second flange member 580 is defined by the shaft pin 577 and the long hole 582. . Note that the protrusion of the base portion 581 from the member attachment portion 575 is maintained in the movement range thus defined.

  A flange portion 585 extending from the base portion 551 toward the front door frame 14 is provided at the front end edge of the base portion 581. The front end of the flange portion 555 has a claw shape that protrudes toward the rotation front end side of the inner frame 13, and this claw-shaped portion is the inner frame with respect to the flange receiving hole portion 64 provided on the back surface of the front door frame 14. The front door frame 14 is locked with respect to the inner frame 13 by being hooked from the rotation base end side of 13. As shown in FIG. 2, the flange receiving hole portion 64 is arranged side by side with the bulging portion 66. Thus, by aligning the height position of the collar receiving hole 64 with the bulging part 66, it is easy to ensure the positional accuracy of the collar receiving hole 64, and the front door second collar member 580 is provided with the collar receiving hole section. 64, it is difficult to cause inconvenience that it can be used when fitting to 64.

  One end of a coil spring 590 is attached to the base portion 551 of the front door second collar member 580 as a biasing member that biases the front door second collar member 580 toward the locking position. The coil spring 590 is disposed behind the handle base 41, and the other end of the coil spring 590 is the front end side of the front door frame 14 relative to the front door second flange member 580 (the first base frame 510) in the second base frame 570. Side). Thus, the front door second brim member 580 is drawn toward the first base frame 510, and the shaft pin 577 contacts the edge of the long hole 582, thereby preventing further movement.

  A portion of the second base frame 570 that is covered by the handle base 41 is provided with a cam member 600 that slides the front door second rod member 580 following the operation of the interlock rod 540. The cam member 600 is pivotally supported by the second base frame 570, and has a hook side claw portion 601 that comes into contact with a lower end edge of the interlocking rod 540 from below, and a first of the front door second rod member 580. It has a hook-side claw portion 602 that comes into contact with the end portion on the base frame 510 side from the rotating front end side of the front door frame 14.

  When the lock by the front door first hook member 550 is released by a key operation, the interlocking hook 540 slides downward. The movement of the interlocking rod 540 pushes the hook side claw portion 601 of the cam member 600 downward, and the cam member 600 rotates. By the rotation of the cam member 600, the hook side claw 602 pushes the second hook member 580 for the front door, and the second hook member 580 for the front door moves to the lock release position against the urging force of the coil spring 590. Move the slide. Thus, by adopting a configuration in which the movement of the second hook member 580 for the front door follows the operation of the interlocking hook 540, it contributes to simplification of the unlocking operation of the front door frame 14.

  Here, based on FIG. 25, the opening / closing operation of the front door frame 14 is performed with respect to the relationship between the front door second rod member 580 and the rod receiving hole portion 64, the bulging portion 66 and the member mounting portion 575 (guide flange 576). I will explain based on this. FIG. 25 is a schematic view showing a state where the front door frame 14 is being opened and closed.

  In a predetermined section including the closed position among all sections when the front door frame 14 is opened and closed, the bulging portion 66 is placed on the member mounting portion 575 of the second base frame 570, and the front door second frame is within the section. It is defined that the two flange member 580 is in a state of being fitted in the flange receiving hole 64. That is, when the front door frame 14 is rotated from the state in which the front door frame 14 is disposed to the closed position, the rotation amount ANG1 required for the front door second flange member 580 to fit into the flange receiving hole 64 is: The rotation angle ANG2 required for the bulging portion 66 to be placed on the member mounting portion 575 is set larger. For this reason, when the front door frame 14 is moved from the closed position, the front door second brim member 580 is in the state where the bulging portion 66 is placed on the member mounting portion 575 of the second base frame 570. Then, the bulging portion 66 is detached from the member attaching portion 575. On the other hand, when the front door frame 14 is moved to the closed position, the front door second rod member 580 is first detached from the rod receiving hole portion 64, and then the bulging portion 66 is detached from the member mounting portion 575.

  As described above, the front door second flange member 580 is inserted and removed in a state in which the vertical variation of the front door frame 14 (for example, the inclination of the front door frame 14 or the like) is suppressed. The holding of the second hook member 580 and the hook receiving hole 64 is easily avoided.

  In particular, the front door second heel member 580 slides to the left or right, or the front door second heel member 580 is disposed close to the game ball launch handle 40 (specifically, the handle base 41). It is assumed that the frame 14 is easily affected by the inclination due to its own weight, and the front door second rod member 580 and the rod receiving hole 64 are easily gripped. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, as described above, the locking is performed in a state in which the vertical variation of the front door frame 14 is suppressed, so that the influence of the inclination of the front door frame 14 can be suitably suppressed. Moreover, since the vertical variation of the front door frame 14 can be suppressed, it is not necessary to excessively expand the collar receiving hole portion 64 to ensure an operation gap. In other words, the collar receiving hole 64 is narrowed to make it easy to suppress the exposure of the hooked portion. This contributes to improved crime prevention.

  Next, a locking mechanism that locks the gaming machine main part 12 in a closed state with respect to the outer frame 11 will be described with reference to FIGS. 3, 22, and 24.

  An inner frame collar member 620 that can be switched between a locked state in which the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11 and a unlocked state is attached to the member mounting portion 515 of the first base frame 510. Yes. The inner frame eaves member 620 is above the upper front door eaves member 550 and below the lower front door eaves member 550 (cylinder lock 520). It is arranged at each end.

  The inner frame flange member 620 has a plate-like shape facing the inner plate surface of the member mounting portion 515, and a base portion 621 sandwiched between the member mounting portion 515 and the interlocking flange 540, and extends backward from the base portion 621. And a flange portion 625 to be formed. A slit 303 that penetrates in the thickness direction of the inner frame 13 is formed in the back wall portion 301 of the locking device housing portion 77, and the collar portion 625 passes through the slit 303 to the rear side of the inner frame 13, specifically, the outer side. It protrudes to the frame 11 side.

  A portion of the flange portion 625 that protrudes to the back side of the inner frame 13 (that is, the tip of the flange portion 555) has a claw shape that protrudes upward. When the claw-like portion is hooked from below on the hook receiving member 350 provided on the outer frame 11, the inner frame 13 is locked to the outer frame 11.

  The inner frame collar member 620 is pivotally supported in a state in which rotation along the plate surface of the member attachment portion 515 is allowed by a shaft pin 517 fixed to the member attachment portion 515. In the base portion 621, a projection 622 that stands on the side of the interlocking rod 540 is formed at an end portion opposite to the flange portion 625 with respect to the shaft pin 517, that is, an end portion on the base frame fixing portion 511 side. The interlocking rod 540 is formed with a notch 544 to avoid interference with the protrusion 622, and the tip of the protrusion 622 protrudes through the notch 544.

  A coil spring is attached to the tip portion of the protrusion 622 as a biasing member that biases the inner frame collar member 620 toward the locking position. The upper inner frame collar member 620 and the lower inner frame collar member 620 have different coil springs. Specifically, the coil spring handling in the upper inner frame collar member 620 is characteristic. Accordingly, the coil spring 560 (hereinafter referred to as “upper coil spring 560U” for convenience) in the upper inner frame flange member 620 (hereinafter referred to as “inner frame upper flange member 620U”) will be described below with reference to FIG. The coil spring 630 (hereinafter referred to as “the lower coil spring 630L” for convenience) in the lower inner frame flange member 620 (hereinafter referred to as “the inner frame lower flange member 620L”) will be described in detail later. Briefly described. FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram showing the positional relationship between the flange members 550U and 620U. Similarly, for the front door first flange member 550, the upper front door first flange member 550 is referred to as “front door upper flange member 550U”, and the lower front door first flange member 550 is referred to as the front door first flange member 550. This is referred to as “front door lower flange member 550L”.

  As described above, on the upper end side of the first base frame 510, the front door upper flange member 550U and the inner frame upper flange member 620U are arranged adjacent to each other so that the former is on the lower side and the latter is on the upper side. Has been. The other end of the upper coil spring 560U attached to the protrusion 622 of the inner frame upper flange member 620U is attached to the protrusion 622 of the front door upper flange member 550U. That is, the inner frame upper collar member 620U and the front door upper collar member 550U are connected by the upper coil spring 560U.

  The upper coil spring 560U is attached in a stretched state so as to be longer than its free length, and the protrusions 554, 622 of the flange members 550U, 620U are biased toward the side closer to each other. In other words, the upper coil spring 560U is configured to always generate a biasing force that biases both the flange members 550U and 620U to the locked position.

  Particularly in the present embodiment, the projection 554 of the front door upper flange member 550U is opposite to the protrusion 622 of the inner frame upper flange member 620U in the front door upper flange member 550U (specifically, the base portion 551). It is arranged at the end. Specifically, it is disposed further below the flange portion 555 of the front door upper flange member 550U. Thus, by arranging the protrusions 554 and 622 of the flange members 550U and 620U away from each other, the entire length of the upper coil spring 560U can be easily increased. The protrusion 554 of the front door upper flange member 550U and the protrusion 622 of the inner frame upper flange member 620U are arranged to be shifted back and forth and left and right in a plan view of the pachinko machine 10, and the upper coil spring 560U Promotes expansion of the overall length.

  In particular, the protrusion 622 of the inner frame upper flange member 620U is disposed at a position slightly lower than the rotation center position of the inner frame upper flange member 620U, so that the entire length of the upper coil spring 560U is lengthened. However, the smooth rotation of the inner frame upper flange member 620U by the urging force is less likely to be impaired.

  On the other hand, the inner frame lower flange member 620L and the front door lower flange member 550L are arranged apart from each other on both sides of the cylinder lock 520. Specifically, the lower eaves member 550L for the front door is disposed above the handle base 41 so as to avoid interference with the handle base 41, and the lower eaves member 620L for one inner frame is the first base frame 510. It is arranged at the lower end of. As described above, by disposing the flange members 550L and 620L at the lower limit position on the rotation tip side to be locked, the function of closing the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 is improved. In accordance with this, the lower flange members 550L and 620L are provided with independent and independent coil springs, that is, coil springs 560L and 630, and both flange members 550L and 620L are individually biased.

  When the configuration without the handle base 41 is adopted and the game ball launching handle 40 is provided on the front door frame 14, the lower side flange members 550L and 620L are gathered near the lower end of the first base frame 510. The above-described lifting suppression function can be improved. In this case, the arrangement of both the lower flange members 550L and 620L is inevitably easy to approach each other, as is the case with both upper flange members 550U and 620U. In this case, similarly to the upper flange members 550U and 620U, the lower flange members 550L and 620L may be connected to each other by the one coil spring.

  Here, operation | movement of the locking device 500 accompanying the rotation operation of the operation key K is demonstrated based on FIG.27 and FIG.28. FIG. 27 shows a state where the operation key K is rotated clockwise, and FIG. 28 shows a state where the operation key K is rotated counterclockwise. 27 (a) and 28 (a) are perspective views of the entire locking device 500 as viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10, and FIGS. 27 (b) and 28 (b) are mounted on the first base frame 510. FIG. 27C and FIG. 28C are schematic diagrams showing the operation of various components mounted on the second base frame 570. FIG.

  In FIG. 27, the operation key K is inserted into the cylinder lock 520 and rotated clockwise. Then, the lower engagement hole 542 of the interlocking rod 540 is pushed up by the lower claw portion 533 of the cam member 530 in conjunction with the turning operation of the operation key K, and the interlocking rod 540 is raised. As the interlocking rod 540 is raised, the projection 622 of the inner frame collar member 620 is pushed upward by the notch 544 (specifically, the lower edge of the interlocking rod 540). As a result, each inner frame collar member 620 rotates against the urging force of the coil springs 560 and 630, and the hook between the inner frame collar member 620 and the collar receiving member 350, that is, the locked state is released ( (Refer FIG.27 (b)). By releasing the locked state in this way, the gaming machine main part 12 (inner frame 13) can be opened with respect to the outer frame 11. Thereafter, when the rotation operation of the operation key K is stopped, the interlocking rod 540 and the inner frame rod member 620 are returned to the initial positions by the biasing force of the coil springs 560 and 630.

  The coil spring 560 is attached to the front door first flange member 550, and the upward movement of the front door first flange member 550 is suppressed by the shaft pin 513 of the first base frame 510. Therefore, the urging force for returning the interlocking rod 540 and the inner frame rod member 620 to the initial position is stored, and the locking of the front door rod members 550 and 580 is maintained.

  In FIG. 28, the operation key K is inserted into the cylinder lock 520 and rotated counterclockwise. Then, the upper engaging hole 541 of the interlocking rod 540 is pushed down by the upper claw portion 532 of the cam member 530 in conjunction with the turning operation of the operation key K, and the interlocking rod 540 is lowered. As the interlocking rod 540 is lowered, the projection 554 of the front door first rod member 550 is pushed downward by the opening 543 (specifically, the upper edge of the interlocking rod 540) (see FIG. 28B). Thus, each front door first brim member 550 rotates against the biasing force of the coil spring 560, and the front door first brim member 550 and the hook receiving member 63 are released from being caught. Further, as the interlocking rod 540 is lowered, the hook side claw portion 601 of the cam member 600 attached to the second base frame 570 is pushed downward by the interlocking rod 540. As a result, the cam member 600 rotates, and the front door second flange member 580 is pushed toward the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14 by the flange side claw portion 602 of the cam member 600, and the front door second flange The member 580 slides against the urging force of the coil spring 590. As a result, the front door second hook member 580 and the hook receiving hole 64 are released from being caught. As described above, the locked state of the front door frame 14 is released by releasing the hooks of the front door flange members 550 and 580. By releasing the locked state in this way, opening of the front door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 13 is permitted. Thereafter, when the rotation operation of the operation key K is stopped, the interlocking rod 540 and the front door rod members 550 and 580 are returned to the initial positions by the biasing force of the coil spring 560.

  The various configurations of the locking device 500 are arranged in a space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, and access to the locking device 500 from the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is restricted. That is, it is difficult to access the locking device 500 without following the regular procedure of opening the front door frame 14 using the operation key K, and the crime prevention function is enhanced. However, because of the structure of the inner frame saddle member 620, it is difficult to completely suppress the exposure of the inner frame 13 to the back side (the back of the gaming machine), and compared to the front door saddle members 550 and 580. It is assumed that there will be room for improvement in performance. In this regard, the present embodiment has a characteristic configuration with respect to the crime prevention structure of the inner frame eaves member 620 to overcome the above-described weak points. Hereinafter, the security structure will be described with reference to FIGS. 3, 29 and 30. FIG. 29 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along the line E-E in FIG. 4, and FIG. 30 is a front perspective view of the outer frame 11. 29, the upper side of FIG. 29 is the rear side of the pachinko machine 10, the lower side is the front side of the pachinko machine 10, the right side is the rotation tip side of the gaming machine main part 12, and the left side is the rotation of the gaming machine main part 12. It is the base end side.

  As already described, the inner frame flange member 620 (specifically, the flange portion 625) projects to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the slit 303 formed in the inner frame 13. In addition, the area | region including the back opening part of the slit 303 in the back surface part of the inner frame 13 is dented in the step shape in front of the pachinko machine (Hereinafter, this recessed part is called the recessed part 304 for convenience.). The recess 304 is continuous with the back surface portion of the inner frame 13 and the right frame portion.

  The slit 303 is formed to be slightly larger than the inner frame collar member 620 so as to allow the operation of the inner frame collar member 620 and avoid interference with the inner frame collar member 620. The interlocking rod 540 of the locking device 500 is located between the slit 303 and the front door rod member 550, and is a flange that covers the gap between the slit 303 and the inner frame rod member 620 from the inside of the locking device housing 77. Is formed. Thereby, it is suppressed that unauthorized tools, such as a wire, are inserted through the slit 303. FIG.

  In addition, an opposing wall portion 305 that is opposed to the flange portion 625 from the rotation front end side of the inner frame 13 is provided at a position on the periphery of the slit 303 on the rotation front end side of the inner frame 13. As shown in the partial enlarged view of FIG. 3, the opposing wall portion 305 stands rearward from the bottom portion of the recess 304, and the hook portion of the flange portion 625 with the flange receiving member 350 serves as the rotation tip side of the inner frame 13. Covering from. More specifically, the opposing wall portion 305 is located between the boundary portion BP between the edge on the rotation tip side of the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11, and the hooked portions of the inner frame collar member 620 and the collar receiving member 350. When the inner frame collar member 620 is switched from the locked state to the unlocked state, the distal end of the inner frame 13 is rotated with respect to the entire area where the collar portion 625 of the inner frame collar member 620 moves. It overlaps from the side.

  The opposing wall portion 305 extends vertically along the periphery of the slit 303, and the covering state of the hooked portion is maintained when the inner frame collar member 620 is switched between the locked position and the unlocked position. It is formed so that. Even if a fraudulent tool such as a wire is inserted through the boundary part BP between the edge of the inner frame 13 on the rotating front end side and the outer frame 11, the inner fringing member 620 is prevented by the fraudulent tool. Access can be prevented, and the locked state can be prevented from being illegally released without following the normal procedure.

  As shown in FIG. 29, in a state where the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the leading end of the inner frame flange member 620 and the distal end of the opposing wall portion 305 are both accommodated in the flange receiving member 350. Has been. This makes it difficult to bypass the facing wall portion 305. Here, the collar receiving member 350 will be described in detail.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the collar receiving member 350 is attached to a frame portion (that is, the right frame portion 380) of the outer frame 11 opposite to the side that supports the inner frame 13. The eaves receiving member 350 includes a substantially box-shaped eaves receiving portion 351 opened to the right frame portion 380 side, and a base plate portion 355 as an attachment portion to the right frame portion 380, and the base plate portion 355. Is integrated with the outer frame 11 by being screwed to the right frame portion 380.

  A plate portion facing the front side of the pachinko machine 10 in the hook receiving portion 351 (hereinafter referred to as “front plate portion 352”) enters the recess 304 and allows variation in the front and rear positions of the inner frame 13. The front plate 352 is opposed to the bottom surface of the recess 304 with a gap as much as possible, and an opening 353 is formed in the front plate 352 to allow the front end of the inner frame collar member 620 to enter. The locked state described above is realized by the hook 625 of the inner frame hook member 620 being hooked from the lower side with respect to the edge of the opening 353. It is also possible to eliminate the gap between the front side plate portion 352 and the bottom surface of the concave portion 304 so that the two come into contact with each other.

  The opening 353 has a size that allows the opposing wall portion 305 to enter in addition to the inner frame collar member 620, and its vertical width is set to be substantially equal to the vertical width of the opposing wall portion 305. Has been. Even if the relative position between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11 varies, it is possible to prevent such a variation in position from affecting the locked state by fitting the opposing wall portion 305 into the opening 353. It is easy to do. Specifically, it is easy to suppress a change in the relative position between the collar receiving member 350 and the inner frame collar member 620, and a reduction in the allowance between them.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 30, the flange receiving portion 351 is formed by bending a steel plate, and a slight gap 354 is formed at each boundary portion (corner portion) between the rear plate portion, the upper plate portion, and the lower plate portion. Is provided. These gaps 354 are arranged at positions that do not overlap with the flange 625 in the front-rear direction, and are designed so that the flange 625 is not easily accessible from the rear of the pachinko machine 10. It is also possible to delete the gaps provided at the corners of the collar receiving member 350.

  The base plate portion 355 extends forward from the end portion of the outer frame 11 on the right frame portion 380 side of the front side plate portion 352, and is fixed in a state of surface contact with the inner surface of the right frame portion 380. The screw fixing the base plate portion 355 is screwed from the inner surface side of the right frame portion 380 and cannot be removed by cutting the head. Thereby, removal of the collar receiving member 350 from the outer frame 11 is regulated. These screws are located in front of the hook receiving portion 351, and the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the inner frame 13, making it difficult to access from the outside of the pachinko machine 10. In detail, as shown in FIG. 29, the pachinko machine 10 is covered with the hook receiving portion 351 from behind, and is surrounded by the right frame portion 380 of the outer frame 11 and the side portion of the inner frame 13. Removal is even more difficult. Thereby, the collar receiving member 350 is removed from the outer frame 11, and it contributes to suppression of the fraudulent act which tries to cancel | release the locking state of the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13. FIG.

  The front edge of the base plate portion 355 protrudes forward from the installation surface 382 on which the collar receiving member 350 is installed in the right frame portion 380. More specifically, a recess 381 that is recessed in the thickness direction of the right frame 380 is formed at the front end portion (specifically, the portion including the front end edge) of the installation surface 382, and the recess 381 is formed. Thus, the front end edge of the base plate portion 355 protrudes forward of the pachinko machine 10 from the portion retracted. If an unauthorized tool is inserted from the boundary part BP, it is considered that the unauthorized tool moves along the outer surface of the inner frame 13 or the inner surface of the outer frame 11. When the illegal tool moved along the outer frame 11 reaches the hook receiving member 350 and hits the tip of the base plate portion 355, it can get over the base plate portion 355 and access the hook receiving portion 351 and the inner frame hook member 620. It becomes difficult. That is, it is possible to give a security function to the base plate portion 355 by devising the arrangement of the collar receiving member 350.

  In particular, in the base plate portion 355 and the recessed portion 381, as shown in FIG. This makes it difficult to bypass the base plate portion 355 and access the inner frame saddle member 620, thereby contributing to further improvement of the crime prevention function. Note that even if an unauthorized tool is forcibly inserted through the gap between the base plate portion 355 and the right frame portion 380 and enters the inside of the hook receiving portion 351, the inner peripheral surface of the hook receiving portion 351 is aligned. Since the moved unauthorized tool is easily guided to the outside (specifically, rearward) of the collar receiving portion 351 through the gap 354 of the collar receiving portion 351, unauthorized operation of the inner frame collar member 620 is preferably suppressed. . Incidentally, by arranging the gap 354 at the corner portion of the hook receiving portion 351, the gap 354 is accessed along the outer peripheral surface of the hook receiving portion 351, and an unauthorized tool is inserted from the outside to the inside of the hook receiving portion 351. Is suppressed. As a result, it is easy to guide the unauthorized tool inserted inside the heel receiving portion 351 along the inner peripheral surface of the heel receiving portion 351 to the outside, and suppress the accompanying decrease in crime prevention. ing.

  Here, based on FIG. 29, it supplements about the alignment structure of the right frame part 13d of the inner frame 13, and the right frame part 380 of the outer frame 11. FIG. The portion of the right frame portion 13d of the inner frame 13 and the portion of the right frame portion 380 of the outer frame 11 that are in front of the installation surface 382 are opposed to each other (overlapped on the left and right), and the facing portions. Each has a plurality of steps. By combining these two steps, the boundary portion BP between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11 meanders.

  More specifically, step portions 311 to 313 are provided on the right side frame portion 13d of the inner frame 13 so as to be recessed rearwardly on the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 in a stepped manner. Hereinafter, for convenience, the front side of the series of stepped portions 311 to 313 is referred to as a “first inner stepped portion 311”, and the rear wall portion 301 of the locking device housing portion 77 is followed by the first inner stepped portion 311. The components to be configured are referred to as “second inner step portion 312 and third inner step portion 313” in order from the front side.

  The first inner stepped portion 311 includes a wall surface portion 311a facing rearward and a wall surface portion 311b extending rearward from an edge of the inner frame 13 on the rotation base end side in the wall surface portion 311a. The front end surface of the outer frame 11 (specifically, the right frame portion 380) is in contact with the outer frame 11. The second inner stepped portion 312 includes a wall surface portion 312a extending from the rear edge of the wall surface portion 311b to the rotation proximal end side of the inner frame 13, and an edge on the rotation proximal end side of the inner frame 13 in the wall surface portion 312a. It is comprised by the wall surface part 312b extended back from a part. The third inner stepped portion 313 includes a wall surface portion 313a extending from the rear edge of the wall surface portion 312b to the rotation proximal end side of the inner frame 13, and an edge on the rotation proximal end side of the inner frame 13 in the wall surface portion 313a. The wall portion 313b extends rearward from the portion and continues to the opposing wall portion 305.

  The right frame portion 380 is formed with a first outer step portion 385 corresponding to the wall surface portion 311 b of the first inner step portion 311 and the wall surface portion 312 a of the second inner step portion 312. The first outer step portion 385 extends rearward from the edge of the inner frame 13 on the rotation base end side on the front end surface of the right frame portion 380, and faces the wall surface portion 311b of the first inner step portion 311. The wall portion 385b extends from the rear edge of the wall surface portion 385a to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 and faces the wall surface portion 312a of the second inner step portion 312.

  The right frame portion 380 is formed with a second outer step portion 386 corresponding to the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312 and the wall surface portion 313a of the third inner step portion 313. The second outer stepped portion 386 extends rearward from the edge of the inner frame 13 with respect to the rotation base end side of the wall surface portion 385b of the first outer stepped portion 385 and faces the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner stepped portion 312. A wall surface portion 386a and a wall surface portion 386b extending from the rear edge of the wall surface portion 386a to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 and facing the wall surface portion 313a of the third inner step portion 313 are configured. . The wall surface 386b of the second outer step 386 is continuous with the installation surface 382, and the recess 381 straddles the wall surface 386b and the installation surface 382. The wall surface 313 b of the third inner step 313 is located in front of the recess 381.

  If an unauthorized tool is inserted from the outside of the pachinko machine 10 through the boundary part BP, it is considered that the unauthorized tool moves backward while meandering. In this case, if the unauthorized tool reaches the inner frame collar member 620 side of the base plate portion 355, there is a concern that the crime prevention function will not function. In the present embodiment, the intrusion route of the unauthorized tool is limited by meandering the boundary part BP. Specifically, the intrusion direction of the unauthorized tool inserted through the gap between the wall surface portion 311a of the first inner stepped portion 311 and the front end surface of the outer frame 11 is limited to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13, and the first inner step It reaches the wall surface 311b of the step 311. The unauthorized tool that has reached the wall surface portion 311b is pushed further, moves rearward along the wall surface portion 311b, and hits the wall surface portion 385a of the first outer step 385. When the unauthorized tool hitting the wall surface portion 385a is further pushed in, it moves along the wall surface portion 385a to, for example, the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13. The wall surface portion 312b of the second inner stepped portion 312 is located at the extension of the wall surface portion 385a, and the traveling direction of the unauthorized tool changes by hitting the wall surface portion 312b. That is, the traveling direction of the unauthorized tool is regulated so as to move rearward along the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner stepped portion 312. The depression 381 is present on the front side in the traveling direction, and it is avoided that an illegal tool bypasses the base plate 355. Thereby, it becomes possible to make it easy to exhibit the crime prevention function.

  The dishonesty that has reached the recess 381 can return to the front along the base plate 355 based on a further pushing operation. A wall surface 313 a of the first inner stepped portion 311 exists at the extension destination of the base plate portion 355. In the wall surface portion 313a, an arcuate corner portion that protrudes toward the rotating front end side of the inner frame 13 is formed at the boundary between the second inner stepped portion 312 and the wall surface portion 312b. It is located in the extension of the plate part 355. For this reason, the unauthorized tool moved forward along the base plate portion 355 is guided to the wall surface portion 386a side of the second outer step portion 386 by being pressed against the corner portion. That is, the dishonesty tool is guided to the side opposite to the inner frame collar member 620. In this way, the crime prevention function is improved by preventing access to the inner frame collar member 620.

  As described above in detail, by reducing the exposed portion of the locking device 500, unauthorized access to the locking device 500 from the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is suppressed, which contributes to the improvement of the crime prevention function. However, if the operation key is indispensable for opening the front door frame 14 due to the improvement of the crime prevention function, it is assumed that the front door frame 14 cannot be opened in an emergency or the like and the convenience is assumed to be lowered. . Therefore, in the present embodiment, a structure for enabling the unlocked state to be released without using an operation key under such a special situation is employed. Hereinafter, the structure will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 3, FIG. 31 and FIG. FIG. 31 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along the line FF of FIG. 8, and FIG. 32 is a schematic view showing the relationship between the cam member 530 and the screw 531 and the opening 320. In FIG. 31, the lower side of FIG. 31 is the front side of the pachinko machine 10, the upper side is the rear side of the pachinko machine 10, the right side is the right side of the inner frame 13 (rotating tip side), and the left side is the left side of the inner frame 13. 32, the lower side of FIG. 32 is the left side (rotation base end side) of the pachinko machine 10, and the upper side is the right side (rotation front end side) of the pachinko machine 10. The right side is the front of the inner frame 13 and the left side is the rear of the inner frame 13.

  As shown in the lower partial enlarged view in FIG. 3, the inner frame 13 has a cam member 530 of the locking device 500 and a screw 531 fixing the cam member 530 exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13. An opening 320 is provided. The opening 320 passes through the front and rear of the inner frame 13 and is formed across the first inner step 311 and the second inner step 312 described above. More specifically, the opening 320 includes a wall surface portion 311 b extending in the thickness direction (front-rear direction) of the inner frame 13 at the first inner step portion 311, and both wall surface portions 312 a and 312 b of the second inner step portion 312. (See FIG. 31). As described above, the opening 320 spans the wall surface portions 311b and 312b extending in the thickness direction of the inner frame 13 and the wall surface portion 312a extending in the width direction of the inner frame 13, so that the thickness direction and width thereof are increased. The degree of opening is set to be the largest in the direction intersecting both directions. In other words, in each of the thickness direction and the width direction, the extent of the opening 320 is ensured while the degree of opening of the opening 320 is suppressed.

  Here, the positional relationship between the opening 320, the cam member 530, and the screw 531 will be described with reference to FIG. In the right frame portion 13d (specifically, the wall surface portion 312b), an extended portion 321 that is opened by partially expanding the opening portion 320 is formed at a position that is located on the extension of the removal track DP of the screw 531. Yes. The extended portion 321 has a notch at the edge 320 located at the wall surface portion 312 b of the second inner stepped portion 312 in the opening 320, and is large enough to allow the insertion track when the tool T is inserted into the screw 531. Is formed. The extended portion 321 is slightly deviated from the central axis of the screw 531, but the amount of the extended portion 321 is suppressed to a level that does not hinder the rotation of the screw 531.

  The alignment direction of the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11 and the exposure direction of the screw 531 are different by shifting the extension portion 321 and the central axis of the screw 531. Accordingly, even if the relative position between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11 varies, it is possible to avoid the screw 531 from being easily exposed.

  The opening 320 extends to a position on the rotation tip side of the inner frame 13 with respect to the screw 531 and the cam member 530, and when the fixing of the screw 531 and the cam member 530 is released, both of them are opened. The inner frame 13 is formed in a size that can be taken out through 320 to the rotating front end side.

  Here, it supplements about the shape of the opening part 320 based on FIG. The opening 320 is formed by a series of opening portions roughly divided into three.

  An opening part (hereinafter referred to as a first opening part for convenience) formed in the wall surface part 311b of the first inner step part 311 is opened to the rotating front end side of the inner frame 13 with a slight gap therebetween. It faces the wall surface portion 385a of the first outer step 385. Then, the first opening portion is formed in such a size that the cam member 530 cannot be taken out only through the first opening portion and the unlocking operation using the tool T is impossible.

  An opening portion (hereinafter, referred to as a second opening portion) formed in the wall surface portion 312a of the second inner step portion 312 is opened to the rear of the pachinko machine, and the wall portion 385b of the first outer step portion 385 and It faces the wall surface 386b of the second outer step 386. And the said 2nd opening site | part is formed in the magnitude | size which cannot take out the cam member 530 only through the said 2nd opening site | part, and cannot perform the fixation release operation | work using the tool T. FIG. In addition, the first opening portion and the second opening portion are configured such that the unlocking operation of the cam member 530 is not possible, although the cam member 530 can be taken out by combining both opening portions. .

  An opening portion (hereinafter referred to as a third opening portion for convenience) formed in the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner stepped portion 312 is open to the rotating front end side of the inner frame 13, with a slight gap therebetween. The second outer step 386 faces the wall surface 386a. The third opening portion is formed in such a size that allows the cam member 530 to be unlocked only through the third opening portion, while the cam member 530 cannot be removed. However, the operation of the third opening part and the second opening part is difficult because the two opening parts are combined, but the fixation release operation of the cam member 530 and the removal operation of the cam member 530 are performed. It is configured to be able to.

  That is, at least one of the three opening portions, that is, the second opening portion and the third opening portion cannot be used, so that the cam member 530 cannot be removed, and the second opening portion and the third opening portion. Since both of these can be used, the removal work of the cam member 530 is allowed, and further, the removal of the cam member 530 is facilitated by making the first opening portion available. Yes.

  32, when the gaming machine main part 12 (inner frame 13) is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the opening 320 of the inner frame 13 is the right frame of the outer frame 11. Covered by the portion 380. That is, the right frame portion 380 restricts the exposure of the locking device 500 (for example, the screw 531 and the cam member 530) to the outside of the pachinko machine 10. Here, based on FIG. 32, locking is performed in each of the state where the gaming machine main part 12 is not closed with respect to the outer frame 11 and the state where the gaming machine main part 12 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11. The unlocking pattern of the device 500 will be described individually.

  In a state where the gaming machine main part 12 is not closed with respect to the outer frame 11, that is, in a state where the gaming machine main part 12 is not attached to the outer frame 11 or a state where the gaming machine main part 12 is opened, the opening 320. The screw 531 and the cam member 530 are exposed through this. That is, the opening 320 is not covered by the right frame 380 of the outer frame 11. In this state, access to the head of the screw 531 is permitted by inserting the tool T through the extension portion 321, and the tip portion of the tool T is engaged with the tool groove formed on the head. It becomes possible.

  When the screw 531 is loosened, the screw 531 rises to the front side in the insertion direction of the tool T. Since the interference between the removal path DP of the screw 531 and each of the step portions 311 to 313 (specifically, the back wall portion 301) is avoided, the removal of the screw 531 is not hindered. After the screw 531 is completely removed, the screw 531 is pulled toward the rotating front end side of the inner frame 13 to complete the removal. Thus, in the state where the screw 531 is removed, the cam member 530 is in a state of being caught with respect to the lock shaft portion 523. Therefore, the hook is released by floating the cam member 530 in the direction of the back surface of the inner frame 13. Then, similar to the screw 531, the removal is completed by pulling the inner frame 13 toward the rotation tip side through the opening 320.

  By removing the screw 531 and the cam member 530, the slide restriction of the interlocking rod 540 is released. That is, the interlocking rod 540 can be moved independently of the cylinder lock 520. By pushing down the interlocking rod 540, the front door rod members 550 and 580 are switched to the unlocked state following the movement of the interlocking rod 540, and the opening of the front door frame 14 is allowed.

  That is, in the state where the gaming machine main part 12 is not closed with respect to the outer frame 11, not only can the front door frame 14 be opened by the unlocking operation using the operation key K, but more labor is required than the unlocking operation. However, the front door frame 14 can be opened without using the operation keys by following the above procedure. Thereby, even when the operation key is not at hand, the front door frame 14 can be opened.

  On the other hand, after the gaming machine main part 12 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the opening 320 of the inner frame 13 is covered with the right frame part 380 of the outer frame 11. This makes it difficult to access the screw 531 and the cam member 530 through the opening 320. Furthermore, since the right frame portion 380 of the outer frame 11 is positioned on the insertion track of the tool T or the like, removal of the screw 531 and the cam member 530 using the tool T is prevented. That is, after the gaming machine main part 12 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the use of the emergency unlocking method of directly moving the interlocking cage 540 becomes impossible, and the above operation is performed to open the front door frame 14 and the gaming machine main part 12. The use of keys is essential.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described based on the block diagram of FIG. In FIG. 33, the power supply line is indicated by a double arrow, and the signal line is indicated by a solid arrow.

  A main control board 801 provided in the main controller 162 incorporates a main control circuit 802 and a power failure monitoring circuit 803. An MPU 811 is mounted on the main control circuit 802. The MPU 811 includes a ROM 812 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 811 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 812 is executed. A RAM 813 and various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data input / output circuit are incorporated.

  The RAM 813 is configured such that even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off, the data storage holding power is supplied from the power / fire control board 821 provided in the power / fire control device 243 to hold the data.

  An input / output port is connected to the MPU 811 via a bus line including an address bus and a data bus. Connected to the input side of the main control circuit 802 are a power failure monitoring circuit 803 provided on the main control board 801, a payout control board 822 provided on the payout control device 242, and other switches not shown. In this case, a power / fire control board 821 is connected to the power failure monitoring circuit 803, and power is supplied to the main control circuit 802 via the power failure monitoring circuit 803.

  On the other hand, a power failure monitoring circuit 803, a payout control board 822 and a relay terminal board 823 are connected to the output side of the main control circuit 802. Various commands such as a prize ball command are output to the payout control board 822. Various commands and the like are output from the main control circuit 802 to the sound lamp control board 824 provided in the sound lamp control device 143 via the relay terminal plate 823.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 803 relays the main control circuit 802 and the power supply / launch control board 821 and monitors the DC stable 24 volt power source that is the maximum power output from the power supply / fire control board 821.

  The payout control board 822 controls payout of prize balls and rental balls by the payout device 224. The MPU 831 that is an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 832 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 831, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 833 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  Similar to the RAM 813 of the main control circuit 802, the RAM 833 of the payout control board 822 is configured such that the data storage holding power is supplied from the power supply / launch control board 821 even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off. It has become.

  An input / output port is connected to the MPU 831 of the payout control board 822 via a bus line including an address bus and a data bus. On the input side of the payout control board 822, a main control circuit 802, a power / fire control board 821, and a backpack board 829 are connected. The main control circuit 802 and the back pack substrate 829 are connected to the output side of the payout control substrate 822.

  The power / fire control board 821 includes a power supply unit and a fire control unit. The power supply unit supplies necessary operating power to the main control circuit 802, the payout control board 822, and the like through a path indicated by a double line arrow. The launch control unit is responsible for launch control of the game ball launching mechanism 110 according to the operation of the game ball launch handle 40 by the player, and the game ball launching mechanism 110 is driven when predetermined launch conditions are met. .

  The sound lamp control board 824 controls the various lamp units 23 to 25, the speaker unit 26, and the display control device 825. The MPU 841 that is an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 842 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 841, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 843 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  An input / output port is connected to the MPU 841 of the sound lamp control board 824 via a bus line including an address bus and a data bus. The main control circuit 802 is connected to the input side of the sound lamp control board 824 by relaying to the relay terminal plate 823. Based on various commands output from the main control circuit 802, various lamp units 23 to 25, speakers The unit 26 and the display control device 825 are controlled. The display control device 825 controls the symbol display device 94 based on a display command input from the sound lamp control board 824.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  By making the game board 80 detachable from the front side of the inner frame 13, it is possible to facilitate the work compared to a configuration in which the game board is attached and detached from the rear side of the inner frame 13. Assuming a configuration in which the game board is attached / detached from the back side of the inner frame, it is necessary to attach / detach the game board with the inner frame opened. In this case, for example, by holding the movement of the inner frame by hand so that the inner frame does not move, the game board can be mounted smoothly. However, the work can be complicated when the inner frame is pressed by hand for the purpose of facilitating the work of attaching and detaching the game board. In particular, as shown in the above-described embodiment, if the configuration for biasing the game board to a predetermined position is adopted, the inner frame and the game board are easily moved in a direction away from each other by the biasing force. It can be difficult to eliminate preliminary movements such as pressing. In this regard, as shown in the above embodiment, if the game board 80 can be attached and detached while the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the pushing operation force, the urging force of the leaf spring 270, etc. Thus, the movement of the inner frame 13 can be avoided. This eliminates the need for preliminary work such as pressing the inner frame 13 by hand when attaching or detaching the game board 80, and can contribute to facilitating the work. Since the opening / closing operation of the back pack unit 15 can be omitted, the work procedure can be simplified.

  In the configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13 as described above, the position accuracy (for example, the position in the front-rear direction) of the front side of the game board is compared with the configuration in which the game board is attached from the rear side of the inner frame. It is assumed that it is difficult to improve accuracy. In this regard, in the present embodiment, the game board 80 is pushed to the front side by the leaf spring 270, and the stopper 267 is brought into contact with the front surface of the game board 80 to suppress the movement of the game board 80, thereby Positioning for the front surface of the board 80 is possible. As a result, the positional accuracy on the front surface of the game board 80 is easily increased as compared with the configuration in which the front and rear positioning is performed with the back surface of the game board 80 as a reference.

  Thus, by increasing the positional accuracy of the front surface of the game board 80, the landing position of the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 with respect to the guide rail 100 is prevented from varying. Thereby, the rampage of the game ball when passing through the guide rail 100 is suppressed, which contributes to smooth guidance to the game area PE. In particular, in a configuration in which the guide rail 100 stands up from the front surface of the game board 80, when a game ball lands on the leading end side of the guide rail 100, the load at the time of collision increases, and the root portion of the guide rail 100 (details) It is assumed that deformation or the like is likely to occur in the fixing pin 102a and the like. This is not preferable because it can hinder smooth guidance of the game ball. In this regard, by improving the front-rear position accuracy of the front surface of the game board 80, the landing position of the game ball can be prevented from varying back and forth, and the above-described inconvenience can be suitably avoided.

  The stopper 267 and the leaf spring 270 are arranged so as to be shifted in a direction different from the biasing direction by the leaf spring 270 (specifically, the vertical direction), so that the range covered by the biasing force of the leaf spring 270 is expanded. Thereby, positioning in a wide area by a small number of leaf springs 270 is possible, and the positioning function of the game board 80 is improved while suppressing an increase in the number of parts.

  By disposing the stoppers 267 on both the upper and lower sides with the leaf spring 270 interposed therebetween, it is possible to prevent the urging force of the leaf spring 270 from rotating about one stopper 267 as a fulcrum. Further, by making the distance between the leaf spring 270 and each stopper 267 equal, it is possible to prevent the rotational moment generated in the game board 80 from being biased and to contribute to improving the stability during positioning.

  Particularly in the present embodiment, positioning accuracy is improved by positioning the leaf springs 270 on the upper end side and the lower end side of the game board 80, respectively. Stoppers 267 are arranged on both upper and lower sides sandwiching the plate springs 270, respectively, and the pair of the stoppers 267 and the plate springs 270 are grouped to limit the range to which the urging force is applied. That is, the urging force used in one group is prevented from propagating to the other group. Thereby, it is suppressed that a load concentrates on one part stopper 267, and the fall of positioning accuracy is suppressed.

  On the front surface of the game board 80, a game area PE is defined by the guide rail 100. In the configuration in which the stopper 267 is disposed on the front side of the game board 80 as described above, it is necessary that the guide rail 100 (game area PE) and the stopper 267 coexist. Therefore, the positioning function of the game board 80 is stabilized while extending the game area PE by arranging the stoppers 267 above and below the portion of the guide rail 100 that is convex toward the rotation base end side of the game board 80. I am trying.

  In the configuration in which the game board 80 is biased by the plate spring 270, the strength of the biasing force of the plate spring 270 can be a factor that affects the positioning accuracy of the game board 80. That is, if the urging force of the leaf spring 270 is weakened, it is difficult to increase the positioning accuracy of the game board 80, and if the urging force of the leaf spring 270 is increased, the positioning accuracy of the game board 80 is easily raised. However, if the urging force of the leaf spring 270 is set to be high in order to improve the positioning accuracy, the mounting operation of the game board 80 can be difficult. In this respect, the inconvenience is eliminated by disposing the leaf spring 270 on the rotating front end side of the game board 80. Specifically, when the game board 80 is mounted, the end part on the rotation base end side of the game board 80 is inserted into the insertion part 280, but the distance dimension D1 between the top part 272a of the pressing part 272 and the stopper 267 is inserted. That is, the opening size of the entrance portion of the insertion portion 280 is set slightly larger than the thickness size of the game board 80. For this reason, the insertion operation of the game board 80 is not hindered. Further, when the turning tip of the game board 80 is pushed by hand, the distance from the force point to the fulcrum is larger than the distance from the action point to the fulcrum, so that the game board can be easily moved against the urging force. Thereby, the improvement of positioning accuracy and the ease of the mounting | wearing operation | work of the game board 80 are satisfy | filled suitably.

  In addition, by disposing the leaf spring 270 closer to the rotation base end side of the game board 80, the game board 80 is less likely to jump out to the front side of the inner frame 13 by the urging force of the leaf spring 270. Thereby, it is suppressed that the game board 80 moves unexpectedly and interferes with an operator's hand.

  In the inner frame 13, the lock device 400 is arranged at least at a position on the rotation tip side of the game board 80, and the movement of the game board 80 is regulated by the lock device 400. Compared with the case where the lock device 400 is arranged on the rotation base end side of the game board 80, it is easy to secure an operation space of the lock device 400, and the ease of work is improved.

  By operating the operation lever 440 of the lock device 400, the game board 80 can be switched to a locked state in which it is impossible to remove the game board 80. At this time, as the operation lever 440 is operated, the pusher 420 pushes the back surface of the game board 80, and the front surface of the game board 80 comes into contact with the operation unit 446, thereby positioning the game board 80. As described above, by positioning the game board 80 based on the front side reference in the mounting direction, it is possible to suppress the influence due to the variation in the thickness dimension of the game board 80 and to improve the positional accuracy of the front surface of the game board 80.

  The pusher 420 is configured to push the game board 80 when the operation lever 440 is switched from the unlocked state to the locked state. More specifically, after the operation portion 446 of the operation lever 440 moves to a position facing the front surface of the game board 80, the pusher 420 protrudes toward the game board 80 side. For this reason, compared with the structure which a pusher pushes a game board irrespective of switching of the operation lever 440, it can make it difficult to produce the problem that switching operation of the operation lever 440 is prevented by the pusher. Thereby, while adopting the configuration for improving the positioning accuracy described above, it can be suppressed that it becomes difficult to attach the game board.

  The operation unit 446 of the locking device 400 faces the radial direction of the rotation center axis of the game board 80 in the unlocked state, and the insertion unit 92 is allowed to allow the game board 80 to pass the operation unit 446 in that state. Is formed. When the operation unit 446 is switched to the locked state, the game board 80 hits a position close to the base of the operation unit 446. Thereby, the stress which arises in the base 441 grade | etc., Of the operation lever 440 can be reduced, and it can suppress that the operation lever 440 deform | transforms in response to the said urging | biasing force. Thereby, it is easy to maintain the positional accuracy of the game board 80.

  When the lock device 400 is switched from the locked state to the unlocked state when the game board 80 is removed, the pusher 420 is brought into contact with the front surface of the game board 80 when the operation lever 440 is rotated. After moving away from the game board 80, the operation unit 446 moves to a position not facing the front surface of the game board 80. For this reason, the inconvenience that the game board 80 jumps forward by the switching operation of the locking device 400 can be suitably suppressed. As shown in the present embodiment, when the operation unit 446 has both a function as an operation means and a function as a stopper, if the game board 80 pops out by switching to the unlocked state, the operation unit 446 is grasped. There may be a disadvantage that the game board 80 collides with the finger that is playing. In this regard, as described above, by ending the urging of the game board 80 in advance, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of such inconvenience and improve the ease of work.

  In the present embodiment, the model can be changed by replacing parts that are unique to each model such as the game board 80. In other words, it contributes to the improvement of reusability by making it possible to divert some parts between models. The locking device 400 described above is integrated into the inner frame 13 as a diverted part, and can be diverted between models. Thereby, compared with the structure which attaches the locking device 400 to the game board 80, the improvement of reusability is aimed at.

  Paying attention to the fact that the pusher 420 of the locking device 400 is urged by the coil spring 430, the game board 80 is connected to both the rotation base end side and the rotation tip end side of the game board 80 by the plate spring 270 and the coil spring 430. It can be said that it is energized at. In this way, the game board 80 is biased at both ends thereof, and movement restriction by the stopper 267 and the operation unit 446 is performed at each end, thereby making it easy to improve the position accuracy in a wide area of the game board 80. ing.

  When the game board 80 is mounted, the game board 80 can be rotated while being placed on the temporary placement portion 290 of the inner frame 13. That is, since at least a part of the weight of the game board 80 can be deposited on the inner frame 13 side, it is not necessary to rotate the game board 80 while supporting it. Thereby, the work load is reduced.

  When the game board 80 is rotated from the state placed on the temporary placement part 290 toward the mounting completion position, the game board 80 is placed on the lower side wall part 263 of the inner frame 13, and the vertical position of the game board 80 is defined. The When the operator mounts the game board 80 on the inner frame 13, instead of placing the game board 80 on the lower side wall part 263 from the beginning, the work board 80 is once placed on the temporary placement part 290 so that the impact when the game board 80 is placed is reduced. The addition to the side wall portion 263 is suppressed. That is, the lower side wall portion 263 is protected and the function of defining the vertical position of the game board 80 is prevented from being lowered.

  A game ball launching mechanism 110 is arranged below the lower wall portion 263, and the game ball ejected from the launch rail 112 crosses the lower wall portion 263 and guides the rail 100 of the game board 80 (in detail). Land near the entrance portion 104 of the outer rail 102). The launch rail 112 and the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 are arranged vertically with the lower wall portion 263 interposed therebetween. As a result, the influence of the variation in the position of the game board 80 is prevented from reaching the landing position of the game ball, and the variation in the landing position is suppressed. In particular, the guide rail 100 is cantilevered by the game board 80, and it is difficult to ensure its strength. When the collision position of the game ball cannot be specified, it is assumed that the guide rail 100 needs to be reinforced and the configuration becomes complicated. This is not preferable because it not only makes manufacture difficult, but can also cause a pressure on the game area PE. In this regard, as described above, if the landing position of the game ball can be limited, the reinforcement can be effectively performed, and the above-described disadvantage can be eliminated.

  Further, when the game board 80 is mounted on the inner frame 13, the positioning protrusions 259 formed on the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13 are fitted into the through holes 91 of the game board 80, so A position is defined. When the game board 80 is rotated toward the mounting completion position, the vertical position of the game board 80 is defined on both the left and right sides of the positioning protrusion 259, and then the positioning protrusion 259 fits into the through hole 91. As described above, the positioning protrusion 259 fits into the through hole 91 in a state where the variation in the vertical position is suppressed, so that it is difficult for the positioning protrusion 259 to collide with the back surface of the game board 80. Thereby, the positioning projection 259 is protected.

  Before the positioning protrusion 259 fits into the through hole 91, the contact portion between the game board 80 and the lower wall portion 263 is expanded to the extent that the entire weight of the game board 80 is supported by the inner frame 13. As described above, since the operator does not need to support the game board 80, the vertical position of the game board 80 varies due to work variations, and the positioning protrusion 259 avoids collision with the back of the game board 80. It is easy.

  The contact section between the lower wall portion 263 and the game board 80 is compared to the structure in which the game board 80 is slid back and forth by turning the game board 80 to the installation completion position. It is easy to lengthen. In particular, in the pachinko machine, the installation area is often limited, and the thickness of the pachinko machine is likely to be limited. That is, when a configuration in which the game board 80 is slid back and forth is employed, it is difficult to secure the stroke, and it is necessary to perform vertical / horizontal / front / back positioning within a short stroke. In the configuration having the positioning protrusions as described above, this may increase the risk when the positioning is not successful. In this regard, as shown in the present embodiment, in a configuration in which the game board 80 is mounted by turning, it is possible to easily ensure a stroke while suppressing an increase in the thickness of the pachinko machine 10. Thereby, it is possible to define the left and right positions after sufficiently increasing the accuracy of the vertical positions.

  Two of the plurality of locking devices 400 are disposed along the lower side wall portion 263, and a positioning projection 259 is disposed between both the locking devices 400. When the game board 80 is mounted, if the game board 80 varies from side to side, the operation part 446 of the lock device 400 does not enter the insertion part 92 of the game board 80, and the game board 80, the operation part 446, Will interfere. At this time, the positioning protrusion 259 is prevented from colliding with the back surface of the game board 80. In this way, the position deviation of the game board 80 on the left and right is suppressed in stages, thereby making it difficult for the positioning protrusion 259 and the game board 80 to collide. Therefore, the positioning projection 259 is protected and the positioning function is easily secured.

  In the configuration in which the game board 80 is fixed at the mounting completion position by the lock device 400, if the relative position between the lock device 400 and the positioning protrusion 259 varies, stress is applied to the positioning protrusion 259 by fixing the game board 80. It can be fixed in the added state. This is not preferable because it may cause a deformation of the positioning protrusion. In this regard, in the present embodiment, the locking device 400 and the positioning protrusion 259 are arranged on the same target (the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13), thereby suppressing the relative position shift between them. Thereby, it is suppressed that a load is applied to the positioning protrusion 259 due to fixing the game board 80.

  In the present embodiment, by adopting a configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13, the positioning protrusion 259 can be arranged more freely than in the configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the rear side of the inner frame 13. The position accuracy is increased, and in particular, the position accuracy within the range where the position accuracy is required is easily secured. Specifically, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the back side of the inner frame, for example, a position overlapping with the game area PE in the front-rear direction, or a position overlapping with the game board mounted on the game board in the front-rear direction. However, in the configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13, it is possible to suppress the above-described restriction on the arrangement of the positioning protrusions 259. In this manner, the degree of freedom of arrangement of the positioning projection 259 is improved, and in particular, by providing the positioning projection in the vicinity of the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100, for example, hooking when receiving a game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110, etc. And variation in the landing position of the game ball can be easily suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the impact when the game ball collides with the guide rail 100 (specifically, the outer rail 102) from becoming larger than expected, and avoid strengthening the guide rail 100 and the structure for mounting the guide rail 100. The durability of the guide rail 100 can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to improve the durability of the guide rail 100 while suppressing complication of the structure.

  The game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 are guided to the game area PE by passing between the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102. In this case, the game ball can easily move along the outer rail 102 by centrifugal force. In the present embodiment, the positioning protrusion 259 is disposed behind the outer rail 102, so that the positional accuracy of the outer rail 102 can be further improved and the above-described variation in the landing position of the game ball is preferably suppressed. It becomes possible. Thereby, it can contribute more favorably to the durability improvement of the outer rail 102.

  In particular, when the operation amount of the game ball launching handle 40 exceeds the first prescribed amount, the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 is released on the outer rail 102 by the firing rail 112 of the game ball launching mechanism 110. It becomes easy to land on the specific part SP which is on the extension of. Since the positioning protrusion 259 is located behind the specific part SP, the position accuracy can be improved particularly in a part where the position accuracy is required, and the durability can be further improved.

  In the embodiment described above, the positioning protrusion 259 and the locking device 400 are provided on the counter plate portion 251. Thereby, the dispersion | variation in the relative position of the positioning protrusion 259 and the locking device 400 is suppressed, and it can suppress that stress is added to the positioning protrusion 259 by fixing the game board 80 with the locking device 400, for example. Thus, by protecting the positioning protrusion 259, the position accuracy of the game board 80 is improved. Further, by suppressing variations in the relative positions of the positioning protrusions 259 and the locking device 400, the contact between the positioning protrusions 259 and the through hole 91 of the game board 80 is reduced, resulting in inconvenience that the positioning cannot be performed normally. Can be difficult.

  When the game board 80 is attached or detached, work is performed from the front side of the game board 80 (specifically, the game area PE). That is, various structures relating to the game such as the nail 87 are exposed to the operator side when the game board 80 is attached and detached. The game board 80 is provided with gripping portions 481 and 482 that can be gripped during the attaching / detaching operation. In this way, by providing the grip portions 481 and 482, the opportunity for gripping various components such as the nail 87 is reduced.

  The nail 87 or the like has a structure that affects game play. For this reason, if a deformation or the like occurs, the flow path of the game ball changes, which may cause an unexpected disadvantage to the player or the hall. In particular, the symbol display device 94, various control devices 143, and the like are mounted, and it is assumed that the above inconvenience is likely to occur due to the increase in the total weight. In this respect, the occurrence of the above-described inconvenience can be suitably suppressed by providing easy-to-grip portions (that is, the grip portions 481 and 482) other than the nail 87 when the game board 80 is attached and detached.

  The grip portions 481 and 482 are disposed on the side opposite to the side supporting the front door frame 14 in the inner frame 13. In particular, the first gripping portion 481 is disposed closer to the rotating tip than the various configurations arranged in the game area PE. For this reason, when the front door frame 14 is opened and the game board 80 is accessed, access to the grips 481 and 482 is easier than access to various components arranged in the game area PE. It has become. As a result, the use of the grip portions 481 and 482 is promoted.

  Further, the gripping portions 481 and 482 are arranged close to the rotating front end side of the game board 80. This not only reduces the initial load when the game board 80 is rotated, but also makes it easy to secure a work space and contributes to improving the workability when the game board 80 is rotated. .

  In general, when something is grabbed, there may be a difference in ease of selection depending on the distance to the target and the presence or absence of obstacles when carrying the hand to the target. In this respect, in the gripping portions 481 and 482, as with the nail 87 and the guide rail 100, the gripping portions 481 and 482 are protruded from the front surface of the game board 80, and the finger entrance portion is held inward from the peripheral edge of the game board 80. The parts 481 and 482 are easily selected as gripping targets.

  By housing the front door eaves members 550 and 580, the cam members 530 and 600, the interlocking eaves 540, etc. of the locking device 500 in the space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, these eaves members 550 etc. It is possible to prevent unauthorized access to the cognate member 550 and the like. As a result, it is possible to avoid that the lock is illegally released and the game area PE is illegally accessed. For example, even in a configuration in which the hook member of the locking device is disposed on the back surface of the inner frame 13, a similar effect can be achieved by providing a cover or the like covering the hook member. However, when such a measure is taken, it may be necessary to devise measures for avoiding the cover being removed. In this regard, as shown in the present embodiment, if the cover member or the like is accommodated in the space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, crime prevention without necessarily adding a cover or the like. Therefore, a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

In addition, by changing the arrangement of the eaves member 550 and the like in the locking device 500 to improve the security, for example, the hall manager or the like compared with a configuration that increases the number of locking devices or complicates the locking procedure. It is possible to suppress a decrease in workability when the door body is opened by a regular procedure, and it is possible to favorably achieve both ease of maintenance and improvement of crime prevention.
The inner frame 13 of the game board 80 cannot be removed from the back side. For this reason, the act of removing the game board 80 and exposing the space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 can be suppressed. This makes it difficult to access the locking device 500 (specifically, the front door brim member 550 and the like) through the central opening 76, and can contribute to the improvement of crime prevention.

  Further, the game board 80 can be made unremovable by locking the front door frame 14 in a closed state with respect to the inner frame 13. As a result, unauthorized access to the game area PE is difficult, which can contribute to the improvement of crime prevention. Therefore, for example, when the gaming machine main part 12 is being transported, the gaming area PE is accessed and the nail 87 or the like is deformed to change the winning probability to the general winning opening 81 or the like. Can be suppressed.

  Even when crime prevention is improved in this way, access to the game area PE and attachment / detachment of the game board 80 are permitted by opening the front door frame 14, so workability during maintenance and the like is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  Even if a fraudulent tool is inserted through the central opening 76, the movement of the fraudulent tool is restricted by the opposing plate portion 251 and the peripheral wall portion 261, and reaches the locking device 500 (for example, the front door rod member 550). Can be difficult. Specifically, the unauthorized tool passing through the gap between the game board 80 and the peripheral wall portion 261 can be guided to the side away from both the game area PE and the locking device 500, that is, the glass 22 side of the front door frame 14. Thereby, it can contribute to the further improvement of crime prevention.

  By dividing the area in which the game board 80 is disposed and the area in which the locking device 500 is disposed, even if an unauthorized tool is inserted through the central opening 76, the unauthorized tool is inserted into the locking device 500. It can suppress reaching.

  Since the locking device 400 (specifically, the operation lever 440) that fixes the game board 80 to the inner frame 13 is disposed in the space surrounded by the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13, the front door frame When 14 is closed with respect to the inner frame 13 and locked in the other state, it is difficult to access the locking device 400 without opening the front door frame 14. As a result, it is possible to suitably suppress the inconvenience that the fixing of the game board 80 is illegally released and the access route to the locking device 500, the game area PE, and the like is easily secured.

  When the configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13 is adopted, if the game board 80 is pushed to the front door frame 14 side, the gap between the game board 80 and the inner frame 13 (central opening 76) is expanded. It is assumed that it will be easy to be done. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, by disposing the lock device 400 closer to the end of the game board 80 on the locking device 500 side, the above-described inconveniences can be suitably avoided. That is, by disposing the locking device 400 closer to the end on the locking device 500 side, it is possible to suppress the spread of the gap between the game board 80 and the inner frame 13 on the side close to the locking device 500. Thereby, unauthorized access to the locking device 500 by an unauthorized tool inserted through the gap can be suitably suppressed. In particular, the crime prevention effect is further improved by arranging a plurality of lock devices 400 along the end of the game board 80 on the locking device 500 side.

  Even if an unauthorized tool or the like is inserted through the central opening 76, the operation lever 440 of the locking device 400 is not positioned on the insertion track, and thus it is difficult to perform the unlocking operation using the unauthorized tool. it can. Thereby, the fixation of the game board 80 is illegally released, and the gap between the game board 80 and the inner frame 13 is widened, so that unauthorized access to the locking device 500 and the game area PE through the gap is facilitated. It can suppress suitably.

  The operation lever 440 of the locking device 400 described above rotates along the front surface of the game board 80, and the rotation direction is different from the standing direction of the peripheral wall portion 261. For this reason, even if an unauthorized tool or the like is inserted through the boundary portion between the game board 80 and the inner frame 13, the unauthorized operation of the operation lever 440 by the unauthorized tool can be suppressed. That is, even if the operation lever 440 is moved from the lock position to the unlock position by the unauthorized tool inserted along the end face of the game board 80 or the peripheral wall portion 261, the direction in which the unauthorized tool is pushed and pulled and the operation direction of the operation lever 440 Because of this, such actions can be made difficult.

  In the present embodiment, the game area PE is partitioned by the guide rail 100 and the game area partition member 480, and the gap between them and the glass 22 is configured to be equal to or smaller than the diameter of the game ball. The guide rail 100 and the game area partition member 480 function not only as an obstacle that prevents access to the game area PE but also as a gap filling member that makes it difficult to secure a work space for fraud. Further, if the game board 80 is pulled to the back side of the inner frame 13 in order to enlarge the work space, the gap between the inner frame 13 (specifically, the opposing plate portion 251) and the game board 80 is reduced and illegal. The movement of the tool is likely to be restricted. For the above reasons, it is difficult to cheat the game board 80 and contributes to the improvement of the crime prevention function.

  Removal of the cam member 530 in the locking device 500 through the opening 320 of the inner frame 13 is allowed when the pachinko machine 10 is being transported, that is, before being installed in an island facility or the like of the game hall. By removing the cam member 530, the movement of the interlocking rod 540 is allowed, and the front door frame 14 can be opened by switching the front door rod members 550 and 580 to the unlocked state. Thus, although it takes time and effort, the front door frame 14 can be opened in an emergency by enabling the unlocking operation without using the operation keys. On the other hand, in a state where the inner frame 13 (the gaming machine main part 12) is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the right frame part 380 of the outer frame 11 is positioned on the removal track of the cam member 530 through the opening 320. Thereby, it becomes difficult or impossible to remove the cam member 530 through the opening 320, and it is possible to prevent the cam member 530 from being removed and the front door flange members 550 and 580 from being switched to the unlocked state. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to open the front door frame 14 with the inner frame 13 (the main part 12 of the gaming machine) in an unauthorized state while allowing the front door frame 14 to be opened urgently during transportation. it can. That is, it is possible to suppress a decrease in crime prevention while improving convenience.

  In consideration of convenience when using the opening 320, the opening 340 is preferably formed to be somewhat large. However, simply increasing the size of the opening 340 tends to cause inconvenience that an unauthorized tool is inserted through the opening 340. In this regard, according to the above embodiment, the opening 320 is made to face the opening 320 and the right frame 380 of the outer frame 11 with the gaming machine main part 12 closed with respect to the outer frame 11. The access route to is reduced. Thereby, unauthorized access to the cam member 530, the eaves member 550, and the like through the opening 320 is suppressed, thereby contributing to improvement in convenience while suppressing a decrease in the security function.

  Assuming that an opening is formed in one wall surface part, the inner frame 13 (the gaming machine main part 12) is pushed in the direction in which the opening and the outer frame 11 face each other. When the gap with the frame 11 is widened, it is considered that the crime prevention function in the opening is lowered at a stretch. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, the opening 320 is formed so as to straddle the wall surface portions 311b, 312a, 312b facing in different directions, thereby making it easy to suppress the deterioration of the crime prevention function due to the influence of the position variation. Yes. Specifically, even when the inner frame 13 is pushed to the left or right, the distance between the first opening portion of the wall surface portion 311b in the inner frame 13 and the wall surface portion 385a of the outer frame 11 is increased. Expansion of the space between the two opening portions and the wall surface portions 385b and 386b of the outer frame 11 is avoided. Even when the inner frame 13 is pushed back and forth, for example, the distance between the second opening portion of the wall surface portion 312a and the wall surface portions 385b and 386b of the outer frame 11 is increased. Expansion of the space between the first opening portion of the wall surface portion 311b and the wall surface portion 385a of the outer frame 11 is avoided. Thereby, it can suppress that a crime prevention function falls at a stretch due to the relative position variation of the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11, etc., and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Moreover, each opening part which comprises the opening part 320 is comprised so that the removal of the cam member 530 through one opening part becomes impossible. For this reason, as described above, it is possible to suitably suppress an illegal act of shifting the relative position between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11 to facilitate the removal of the cam member 530. Moreover, it can contribute to the facilitation of the emergency removal work of the cam member 530 by expanding the opening part 320, ensuring crime prevention.

  The locking device 500 is disposed at a position on the rotation tip side of the inner frame 13, and makes it easy to suppress the lifting of the inner frame 13 in the locked state. In this case, since the locking device 500 is located in the vicinity of the boundary part BP between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11, an unauthorized tool is inserted through the boundary part BP and unauthorized access is made to the locking device 500. There is a concern. In this regard, in the present embodiment, the inner frame collar member 620 protrudes from the slit 512 formed in the inner frame 13 toward the collar receiving member 350 side of the outer frame 11, thereby The exposure of the member 620 is suppressed, and the portion that is easily targeted by the unauthorized tool is reduced. Thereby, the improvement of crime prevention is aimed at.

  Even if an unauthorized tool is inserted into the main part 12 of the gaming machine through the slit 303, the opening portion of the locking device housing portion 77 is covered by the first base frame 510 of the locking device 500. Thus, it is difficult to reach the game area PE or the like.

  In the present embodiment, the front door rod member 550U that locks with the front door frame 14 closed and the inner frame rod member 620U that locks with the inner frame 13 closed are provided by one coil spring 560. It was set as the structure which each maintains in a locked state by covering. Thereby, simplification of the structure regarding locking is realized.

  Thus, when it is set as the structure which shares a coil spring, when the flange members 550U and 620U and the coil spring 560 interfere with each other during the operation of the flange members 550U and 620U, switching to the locked state may be prevented. It is assumed that the energizing function is lowered. For example, it is also possible to arrange these flange members 550U and 620U on the same flat plate. However, when such a configuration is adopted, the mounting portion (protrusion) of the front door collar member is provided on the side opposite to the inner frame collar member, so that the coil spring that connects both the collar members is the front door. It is assumed that it will be easy to get closer to the bag member. This can be a factor causing interference between the coil spring and the front door saddle member. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, the front door flange member 550U is attached to the base frame fixing portion 511 of the first base frame 510, and the inner frame flange member is attached to the member attachment portion 515 of the first base frame 510. 620 is attached, and the attachment portion (projection 622) of the front door saddle member 550U is projected to the same side as the side where the member attachment portion 515 stands, so that the coil spring 560 and the front door saddle member 550U are interposed between them. It is easy to set the gap. Therefore, the occurrence of the above-described interference can be suppressed, and inconveniences such as malfunction can be suitably avoided.

  Further, the front door rod member 550U and the inner frame rod member 620U are separately arranged on the base frame fixing portion 511 and the member mounting portion 515, thereby securing the operation area of each of the flange members 550U and 620U. The members 550U and 620U can be brought closer to each other. Thereby, the function of suppressing the lifting of the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 can be improved.

  Since the locking device 500 is attached to the inner frame 13, it is easy to open only the front door frame 14 or only the inner frame 13, which facilitates work when performing maintenance or the like. Can contribute.

  In addition, it is possible to reduce the displacement of the front door flange member 550U and the inner frame flange member 620U in the first base frame 510 in the longitudinal direction, and arrange both the flange members 550U and 620U close to each other. In this way, in the configuration in which the two flange members 550U and 620U can be arranged close to each other, if the mounting position of the coil spring 560 is devised as described above, the operation stroke of the coil spring 560 can be suitably secured, and the installation area of the coil spring 560 is secured. For this reason, it is possible to suitably suppress the inconvenience that the two flange members 550U and 620U are difficult to approach.

  In the case of adopting a configuration in which two coil members are connected by one coil spring, it is assumed that if the direction in which the urging force acts and the operation direction of each collar member are different, a rotational moment is likely to be generated when each collar member operates. Is done. Since this rotational moment can be a factor that hinders the smooth operation of the eaves member, it is preferable to make it as small as possible. However, for example, when each collar member is slidable, it is necessary to align the operation trajectories of both collar members, and the layout of the collar members is likely to be restricted. This is not preferable because it makes it difficult to dispose the two flange members close to the end portion of the first base frame 510 and goes against the improvement of the floating suppression function. In this regard, as shown in the present embodiment, if one of the both-side members is of a rotating type, the influence of the rotational moment can be easily suppressed, and the above-described layout restrictions can be reduced. As a result, both simplification of the configuration and improvement of the lifting suppression function can be suitably achieved.

  When connecting the front door eaves member 550U and the inner frame eaves member 620U that are shifted up and down by the coil spring 560, depending on how the eaves members 550U and 620U are hooked to the eaves receiving members 63 and 350, There is a possibility that switching will not be performed smoothly. If it demonstrates concretely, in the structure by which the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 are supported so that rotation is possible, it will be assumed that these front door frames 14 and the inner frame 13 become easy to incline below by dead weight. The degree of misalignment based on such inclination increases on the rotation tip side. Temporarily, when adopting a configuration in which each heel member is hooked from above with respect to the heel receiving member, the position of the heel member is lowered due to the above-described positional deviation, and the heel member is closed when the front door frame 14 or the inner frame 13 is closed. Strong interference with the hook receiving member is possible. This is not preferable because it can cause an excessive load on the heel member and can impair the locking function of the heel member. In particular, when the flange members are connected by a coil spring as described above, the urging directions of the both flange members are reversed, so there is a concern that one of the flange members is likely to be caught from the upper side with respect to the flange receiving member. .

  In this regard, in the present embodiment, the inner frame collar member 620U is pivotable and the front door collar member 550U is slidable, so that the biasing direction of the collar portion 555 in the front door collar member 550U is changed. As it is, the urging direction of the flange portion 625 of the inner frame flange member 620U is reversed. In other words, in the inner frame flange member 620U, the protrusion 622 to which the coil spring 560 is attached is disposed on the opposite side of the flange portion 625 with respect to the rotation center axis, so that the biasing direction of the flange portion 625 is increased. Is reversed. And even if it is a case where the said position dispersion | variation arises by setting it as the structure by which the collar part 555,625 of each collar member 550U and 620U is hooked from the lower side with respect to each collar receiving member 63,350, each collar member Suppressing strong interference between 550U and 620U and the flange receiving members 63 and 350 contributes to protection of the configuration related to locking.

  The inner frame 13 has an opposing wall portion of the inner frame 13 with respect to an area (hereinafter referred to as a passing area for convenience) through which the collar 625 of the inner frame collar member 620 moves from the locking position to the locking release position. 305 is configured to overlap from the rotation tip side. As a result, even if an unauthorized tool such as a wire is inserted from the boundary portion BP between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11, it is difficult to access the collar 625 by the unauthorized tool. The hook 625 is moved to the lock release position by the tool, and the inconvenience that the lock is illegally released can be prevented. That is, it can contribute to the improvement of crime prevention.

  In addition, since the opposing wall portion 305 is formed on the same object (that is, the inner frame 13) as the arrangement object of the inner frame collar member 620, the inner frame 13 is temporarily displaced at the closed position. Moreover, the change of the positional relationship of the opposing wall part 305 and the collar part 625 can be suppressed suitably. That is, it is possible to suppress a decrease in crime prevention due to a positional shift of the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11 or the like. For example, even if a fraudulent person intentionally shifts the position of the inner frame 13 by pressing the inner frame 13 and attempts to access the collar 625 in the shifted state, such a reserve It can suppress that the movement of the collar part 625 becomes easy by manual work.

  In a state where the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the front end portion of the opposing wall portion 305 is accommodated in the flange receiving member 350 of the outer frame 11. Accordingly, even if an unauthorized tool is inserted from the boundary part BP, it is difficult to operate the unauthorized tool to bypass the facing wall portion 305.

  In the gap between the opposing wall portion 305 and the opening 353 of the hook receiving portion 351, the clearance on the front side in the moving direction when the hook portion 625 moves to the unlocking position is more than the hooking margin between the hook portion 625 and the hook receiving portion 351. Set small. For this reason, even if it is a case where the inner frame 13 has shifted | deviated to the lock release position side, the overlap with the said passage area | region of the opposing wall part 305 and the collar part 625 can be ensured suitably.

  If it is set as the structure which exposes the collar part 625 through the slit 303 of the inner frame 13, the exposed part in the locking device 500 whole can be reduced. Thereby, it can suppress that the structure etc. which move the collar part 625 become the object of unauthorized access. However, in order to make the collar 625 movable, the slit 303 needs to have a size that allows the movement, and there is a limit to downsizing the slit 303. That is, it is assumed that it is difficult to cope with the fraudulent act through the slit 303 only by changing the size of the slit 303. In this respect, in the present embodiment, by forming the opposing wall portion 305 along the opening edge of the slit 303, it is assumed that an unauthorized tool is inserted through the boundary portion BP between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11. Even if it exists, the penetration | invasion into the slit 303 of the same unauthorized tool can be prevented by the opposing wall part 305. FIG. Thereby, the illegal act through the slit 303 can be suppressed suitably.

  When the locking device 500 and the opposing wall portion 305 are provided separately, the positional relationship between the flange portion 625 of the inner frame flange member 620 and the opposing wall portion 305 varies due to the accumulation of manufacturing variations, assembly variations, and the like. It is assumed that it will be easier. Such variation is not preferable because it may cause a reduction in the security function by the facing wall portion 305. In this regard, in the present embodiment, the above-described variation is suppressed by integrally forming the opposing wall portion 305 and the boss 302 for attaching the locking device 500 to the inner frame 13 with respect to the inner frame 13, which is practically preferable. The configuration can be realized.

  Further, by integrally forming the opposing wall portion 305 with respect to the inner frame 13, further improvement in crime prevention can be expected as compared with the case where the opposing wall portion 305 and the inner frame 13 are provided separately. That is, it is possible to eliminate the inconvenience that the opposing wall portion is detoured through the gap between the opposing wall portion and the inner frame 13 and to appropriately exhibit the crime prevention function of the opposing wall portion.

  When the front door frame 14 is opened, the game ball launching handle 40 is left in the inner frame 13, thereby facilitating the routing of the wiring connecting the game ball launching handle 40 and the power supply / launch control device 243. It has been realized.

  When the front door frame 14 is opened, the handle base 41 remains on the inner frame 13 side. In such a configuration in which the handle base 41 remains, there is a concern that the front door frame 14 is likely to be lifted around the handle base 41. For example, the gap (boundary part) between the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is expanded by pulling the vicinity of the handle base 41 in the front door frame 14, and unauthorized tools such as wires are inserted through the gap. Thus, there is a concern that access to the game area PE and the like will be facilitated.

  Therefore, the front door first flange member 550 is disposed on the side of the inner frame 13 where the handle base 41 is provided, and further, the front door is disposed between the handle base 41 and the rotation center axis CL of the inner frame 13. By disposing the second flange member 580, the front door frame 14 is prevented from being lifted from the inner frame 13. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the crime prevention function around the handle base 41.

  In the configuration in which the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported, the lift at the rotating distal end side is likely to be remarkable as compared with the rotating proximal end side. Thus, the front door second flange member 580 is disposed closer to the handle base 41, so that the above-described lifting of the front door frame 14 is suitably suppressed.

  The front door second brim member 580 and the handle base 41 are juxtaposed along the lower end of the inner frame 13 to suitably suppress the expansion of the boundary portion. Further, by configuring the front door second collar member 580 to operate along the lower end of the inner frame 13, the front door second collar member 580 is secured with respect to the boundary portion while securing an operation space. The 2nd collar member 580 for front doors can be approximated. Thereby, the floating of the front door frame 14 is suppressed suitably and it can contribute to the improvement of a crime prevention function.

  The second door member 580 for the front door is configured such that the locking position is closer to the handle base 41 than the locking release position. As a result, it is possible to suppress the front door frame 14 from being lifted at a position closer to the handle base 41 as compared with a case where the lock release position is closer to the handle base 41 than the lock position. Become. Therefore, it is possible to make an illegal act performed through the boundary portion between the two regions described above more difficult.

  When the front door frame 14 is closed with respect to the inner frame 13, the front door second collar member is in a state where the vertical position of the front door frame 14 is defined by the bulging portion 66 and the second base frame 570. 580 is switched from the unlocked state to the locked state. For this reason, it is difficult to be influenced by the inclination of the front door frame 14 and the switching of the front door second brim member 580 can be suppressed. In particular, the front door frame 14 includes the upper plate 33, the lower plate 34, the glass 22, the lamp units 23 to 25, the speaker unit 26, and the like, so that the weight thereof is easily increased. Although the inclination which made the edge easy to generate | occur | produce, it makes it easy to arrange | position the 2nd eaves member 580 for front doors near a rotation front end by making it difficult to be influenced by such weight. Thereby, the locking function of the 2nd collar member 580 for front doors can be made suitable.

  Unlike the front door frame 14, the handle base 41 does not need to be considered for each opening, and can be firmly fixed to the inner frame 13. Therefore, it is easy to suppress the unauthorized tool from being inserted through the boundary portion between the handle base 41 and the inner frame 13. As described above, the screws 527 and the like for fixing the cam member 530 and the cylinder lock 520 are disposed behind the members having excellent crime prevention properties, so that unauthorized access to the cam members 530 and the like can be suppressed, and the crime prevention Contributes to improvement.

  By arranging the handle base 41 on the rotating tip side of the front door frame 14 in the inner frame 13, the front door frame 14 and the handle base 41 are suitably aligned. That is, when the front door frame 14 rotates, it does not pass through the front side of the handle base 41, and the boundary portion between the handle base 41 and the front door frame 14 is rotated by the front door frame 14 in the handle base 41. It is limited to the portion excluding the moving tip side and the lower end. As a result, the boundary portion between the handle base 41 and the inner frame 13 is prevented from spreading over the entire periphery of the handle base 41, and it is difficult to perform an illegal act such as inserting an unauthorized tool through the boundary portion.

  The front door frame 14 is restrained from rising between the handle base 41 and the rotation center axis of the front door frame 14 by the front door second flange member 580. Thereby, it is suppressed that the clearance gap between the front door frame 14 and the lower frame part 13b of the inner frame 13 becomes easy to expand.

  The front door second hook member 580 is switched to the unlocked state based on the unlocking operation of the cylinder lock 520. That is, it is configured to be interlocked with the switching of the first door member 550 for the front door. Thereby, while improving the closing function, the complexity of the unlocking operation is suppressed, and a practically preferable configuration is realized.

  In addition, it is not limited to the description content of embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, the configuration of another embodiment described below may be applied individually to the configuration in the above embodiment, or may be applied in combination with each other.

  (A1) In the above embodiment, the plate springs 270 as the “biasing means” are provided on the upper and lower sides and the stopper 267 is disposed between the two plate springs 270, but the stopper 267 between the plate springs 270 is omitted. It is also possible to do. That is, each leaf spring 270 may be disposed between the two stoppers 267, and the stopper 267 is not necessarily disposed between the leaf springs 270. Further, the number of the leaf springs 270 may be arbitrarily set as long as the leaf springs 270 are disposed between the two stoppers 267. For example, a third leaf spring can be added between the leaf springs 270 in the above embodiment. In this case, the third plate spring may be disposed at an intermediate position between the two stoppers 267 disposed between the two plate springs 270.

  (A2) In the above-described embodiment, the top portion 272a of the leaf spring 270 is positioned closer to the rotating front end of the game board 80 than the stopper 267. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the top portion 272a may be positioned behind the stopper 267 in plan view of the inner frame 13.

  (A3) In the above embodiment, the leaf spring 270 and the stopper 267 are disposed at the position on the inner base frame 13 on the rotation base end side of the game board 80. However, it is possible to change this as follows. . In other words, the leaf spring 270 and the stopper 267 can be arranged at a position on the inner frame 13 that is on the rotation tip side of the game board 80, and arranged at a position along the upper end or the lower end of the game board 80 in the inner frame 13. It is also possible to do. Furthermore, it is also possible to arrange a leaf spring and a stopper along the outer periphery of the game board 80. However, when the game board 80 is rotated and mounted, if the stopper protrudes on the rotation track, the mounting operation of the game board 80 may be difficult. Therefore, desirably, as shown in the above-described embodiment, the leaf spring and the stopper are arranged near the rotation base end of the game board, and the switchable positioning means is used as shown in the lock device 400 in other portions. Good.

  (A4) In the above embodiment, one set of positioning mechanism including the pair of stoppers 267 and the leaf spring 270 disposed between them is arranged on the upper end side and the lower end side of the game board 80. The number of mechanisms is not limited to two. Particularly in the present embodiment, a configuration is adopted in which the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 land on the guide rail 100 on the lower end side of the game board 80, and the positional accuracy around this landing position is achieved. It is preferable to improve. Therefore, it is only necessary to arrange at least one set of positioning mechanisms on the lower end side of the game board 80 to ensure the position accuracy at a desired position.

  (A5) In the above-described embodiment, the leaf spring 270 is disposed at a position that is exactly in the middle of the pair of stoppers 267. However, the leaf spring 270 may be disposed closer to one of the stoppers 267 by changing this. It is.

  (A6) In the above embodiment, a pair of positioning means is configured by the pair of stoppers 267 arranged along the edge of the game board 80 on the rotation base end side and the leaf spring 270 arranged therebetween. It is also possible to change this as follows. That is, in addition to the pair of stoppers 267, a third stopper 267 is provided that is offset from the rotation tip side, and the leaf spring is within a range surrounded by the three stoppers 267 when the inner frame 13 is viewed from the front. It is also possible to arrange 270 and configure a set of positioning means by these three stoppers 267 and one leaf spring 270. Thereby, the rotation of the game board 80 with the one stopper 267 as the base end can be suitably suppressed, which can contribute to the improvement of positioning accuracy. Note that a plurality of leaf springs 270 can be disposed within a range surrounded by the three stoppers 267.

  (A7) In the above embodiment, the plate spring 270 formed by folding a steel plate into a substantially U shape is used as the “biasing means”, but the “biasing means” is not limited to this. For example, another type of leaf spring may be formed by bending a steel plate into a substantially square shape. Further, instead of the leaf spring 270, a coil spring, a rubber cushion, or the like can be used.

  (A8) In the above embodiment, the leaf spring 270 is disposed so that the bent portion 273 of the leaf spring 270 faces the left wall portion 264. However, the bent portion 273 of the leaf spring 270 is disposed on the left wall portion 264. You may arrange | position so that it may face the other side. However, in the configuration in which the leaf spring 270 is installed on the opposing plate portion 251, the reaction force from the game board 80 is received at a position close to the left side wall portion 264, so that the bending deformation of the opposite plate portion 251 is suppressed and biased. There is an advantage that the function can be easily secured. In this regard, it is assumed that it is difficult to enjoy this merit when the above-described changes are made. Therefore, the configuration described in the above embodiment is preferably used.

  The installation target of the leaf spring 270 is not limited to the counter plate portion 251, and a configuration corresponding to the leaf spring 270 can be installed on the left side wall portion 264.

  (A9) In the above embodiment, the stopper 267 is integrally formed with the inner frame 13, but the stopper can be provided separately from the inner frame 13. However, in this case, it is assumed that positioning accuracy is likely to decrease due to accumulation of errors such as manufacturing variations and mounting variations of stoppers. Therefore, desirably, the stopper is integrally formed with the inner frame 13 to avoid such inconvenience.

  (A10) In the above embodiment, the plate member 268 having the reinforcing function of the stopper 267 and the plate spring 270 are provided separately, but both of them may be integrally formed. In this case, it is possible to arrange the connecting portion connecting the connecting portion connected to the stopper 267 and the leaf spring portion inside or outside the inner frame 13 (for example, the left side wall portion 264). In consideration of avoidance of interference, it is desirable to dispose outside the left side wall portion 264. As described above, when the connecting portion is disposed outside the left side wall portion 264, an opening or the like for projecting the leaf spring portion to the inside of the inner frame 13 may be formed in the left side wall portion 264 or the counter plate portion 251.

  (A11) In the above embodiment, the stopper 267 is reinforced by the plate member 268. However, the plate member 268 may be omitted. In this case, it is preferable to improve the strength of the stopper 267 itself, for example, by increasing the size of the stopper 267. However, when the strength of the stopper 267 is improved, it is assumed that not only it is difficult to form the stopper 267 but also it is difficult to ensure its positional accuracy. Therefore, it is preferable that the stopper 267 be configured so that priority is given to ensuring accuracy, and when there is a concern about insufficient strength, the shortage is compensated by the plate member 268.

  (B1) In the above embodiment, the gaming board 80 is biased to the front side of the inner frame 13 at the four corners of the gaming board 80. However, the biasing locations of the gaming board 80 are the opposite ends of the gaming board 80. Others are arbitrary as long as at least one location is set on the side. For example, the leaf spring 270 and the lock device 400 (specifically, the coil spring 430) on the upper end side of the game board 80 can be omitted.

  (B2) In the above embodiment, the biasing mode on the rotation base end side of the game board 80 and the biasing mode on the rotation leading end side are different, but it is also possible to unify both of them. For example, instead of the leaf spring 270 and the stopper 267, the lock device 400 can be arranged. However, as described above, in the present embodiment, for the purpose of avoiding the downsizing of the game board 80 while avoiding the interference with the front door frame 14, the rotation system is used to attach the game board 80. Is adopted. If the locking device 400 is arranged on the rotation tip side of the game board 80, it is assumed that the configuration for enabling the game board 80 to be rotated becomes complicated. In addition, it is possible to arrange a configuration corresponding to the leaf spring 270 and the stopper 267 in place of the locking device 400, but even in this case, the rotation of the game board 80 is not hindered. Consideration is required. Therefore, in order to urge the game board 80 at both ends while suppressing the complication of the configuration, the leaf spring 270 and the stopper 267 are arranged on the rotation base end side, and the lock device 400 is arranged on the rotation tip end side. It is preferable to do.

  (B3) In the above embodiment, the game board 80 is attached to and detached from the inner frame 13 by rotating, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the game board 80 may be detachably attached to the inner frame 13 by sliding.

  (C1) In the above embodiment, the operation unit 446 of the lock device 400 is rotated to switch between the locked state and the unlocked state. However, this is changed and the operation unit is slid in a specific direction. It is good also as a structure which switches a locked state and an unlocked state.

  (C2) In the above-described embodiment, the game board 80 is the target to be fixed by the locking device 400, but the target to be fixed is not limited to the game board 80. For example, the back pack unit 15 and the game ball launching mechanism 110 may be fixed.

  (C3) The arrangement of the locking device 400 is arbitrary. For example, the game board 80 can be arranged close to the rotation base end. However, if the front door frame 14 is arranged close to the rotation base end side, it may be difficult to secure a work space for rotating the lock device 400. Therefore, it is preferable that the front door frame 14 be arranged close to the rotating front end side of the front door frame 14, that is, the rotating front end side of the game board 80.

  (C4) In the above embodiment, when the operation amount of the operation unit 446 reaches a predetermined amount, the pusher 420 that pushes the game board 80 protrudes at a stretch. However, this can be changed as follows. is there. That is, the protrusion amount of the pusher 420 may gradually increase as the operation amount of the operation unit 446 increases. Hereinafter, a specific example thereof will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 34 is a schematic view showing a modified example of the locking device, and dot hatching in FIG. 34 shows a pusher.

  As shown in FIG. 34, the locking device 850 is fixed to the shaft body 851 fitted to the back surface side cylindrical portion 861 of the inner frame 13, the pusher 852 inserted through the shaft body 851, and the distal end portion of the coaxial body 851. The operation lever 853 is provided. A flange 854 is formed at the end of the shaft body 851 opposite to the operation lever 853 so as to come into contact with the rear end surface of the rear tube portion 861, and the flange 854 is attached to the rear surface of the inner frame 13. A stopper member 858 is fixed so as to be sandwiched between the rear end surface of the portion 861. The stopper member 858 and the rear end surface of the rear surface side cylindrical portion 861 prevent the shaft body 851 from moving in the axial direction.

  A thread is formed in a portion of the shaft body 851 where the pusher 852 is inserted over a predetermined range. On the other hand, a thread groove corresponding to this thread is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the pusher 852. Similar to the above embodiment, the pusher 852 has a polygonal outer periphery, and is fitted to the front cylindrical portion 862 of the inner frame 13 in a state in which the rotation is restricted.

  When the operation lever 853 is rotated in a predetermined direction, the shaft body 851 is rotated accordingly. At this time, the screw thread of the shaft body 851 and the thread groove of the pusher 852 mesh with each other, so that the pusher 852 moves in the axial direction of the shaft body 851. Specifically, the operation lever 853 is moved to the game board 80 side by rotating clockwise (that is, protrudes from the front cylinder portion 862), and the operation lever 853 is rotated counterclockwise to play the game board. It moves to the side away from 80 (that is, it is immersed in the front side cylinder part 862).

  When attaching the game board 80 to the inner frame 13, the game board 80 is pushed toward the operation portion 855 of the operation lever 853 by rotating the operation lever 853 clockwise. As a result, the front surface of the game board 80 comes into contact with the operation unit 855, and further turning operation of the operation lever 853 becomes impossible, and the front and rear positions of the game board 80 are defined.

  In addition, it is also possible to add the structure equivalent to the coil spring 430 shown in the said embodiment. In this case, the biasing force of the coil spring 430 can suppress the separation of the pusher 852 from the game board 80, that is, loosening, and can favorably maintain the positioning state.

  In addition to the above configuration, it is also possible to provide a blocking means for blocking the movement of the operation unit 855 on the front door frame 14 or the like. As a result, it is possible to easily prevent the positioning state from being unintentionally released. For example, a fitting recess or the like that fits the operating portion 855 may be provided on the front door frame 14 as a blocking means. By preventing the operation unit 855 from rotating, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the positioning function.

  However, in the configuration in which the position of the game board 80 is defined with reference to the front surface thereof, the rotation position of the operation unit 855 can be different depending on the thickness difference of each game board 80. When the thickness of the game board changes due to a model change or the like, there is a possibility that it is not possible to secure the allowance between the operation unit 855 and the game board 80. Furthermore, even if the fitting recess is added, it may be difficult to cause the blocking function to be exhibited normally. Therefore, it is preferable to adopt a configuration in which the lock position of the operation unit 855 is the same without being affected by the thickness difference of the game board 80 as shown in the above embodiment.

  (C5) In the above embodiment, the pusher 420 pushes the game board 80 when the operation unit 446 rotates from the unlock position to the position where the operation part 446 contacts the front surface of the game board 80. You may change as follows. In other words, the pusher 420 may push the game board 80 before the operation unit 446 rotates from the unlock position to a position where the operation part 446 contacts the front surface of the game board 80. However, when such a change is made, it is assumed that the operation of the operation unit 446 is likely to be hindered by the game board 80 pushed by the pusher 420. This can be a factor that makes it difficult to perform the switching operation of the lock device 400. In this regard, as shown in the above-described embodiment, if the pusher 420 pushes the game board 80 after the operation part 446 has been rotated to a position where it is not obstructed by the game board 80, the operation part 446 and the game board are surely configured. Although friction is generated between the control unit 80 and the control unit 80, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the operation unit 446 can be used by the game board 80 (specifically, the inner surface of the insertion unit 92).

  (C6) In the above embodiment, the position restriction of the pusher 420 is realized by the stopping portions 442 and 443 and the connecting portion 444 of the operation lever 440 and the protrusion 422 of the pusher 420, thereby simplifying the configuration. However, in this configuration, the operation unit 446 may move in a direction not intended by the operator due to the biasing force of the coil spring 430 that presses the pusher 420. On the other hand, for example, an operation force applied to the operation unit via another link member or the like may be transmitted to the pusher, and a configuration capable of suppressing the urging force of the coil spring 430 from propagating to the operation unit may be employed. . In this case, although the structure is complicated, the ease of operation can be improved. However, in view of the fact that the space in which the lock device 400 can be placed is limited and the increase in the space can lead to a reduction in the placement area of the game board 80, the configuration shown in the above embodiment is more practical. A preferred configuration is considered.

  (C7) In the above embodiment, when the locking device 400 is in the unlocked state, the longitudinal direction of the operation unit 446 and the direction orthogonal to the rotation center axis of the game board 80 are the same. It is not limited to this. For example, the longitudinal direction of the operation unit 446 may be different from the direction orthogonal to the rotation center axis of the game board 80. However, in this case, since the game board 80 is configured to rotate, it is necessary to set a large passage gap of the operation unit 446 in the insertion unit 92. This is a factor that keeps the portion of the operation unit 446 that contacts the game board 80 away from the base 441 of the operation lever 440. That is, it is possible to reduce the allowance for the game board 80 and increase the stress applied to the operation lever 440. Therefore, desirably, in the unlocked state, the longitudinal direction of the operation unit 446 may be aligned with the direction orthogonal to the rotation center axis of the game board 80.

  (C8) In the above-described embodiment, the operation portion 446 of the operation lever 440 is configured to be symmetric with respect to the central axis of the base portion 441. However, it is not always necessary to form such a symmetric shape, and the central axis is sandwiched. However, the shape may be different on both sides.

  In addition, the operation unit 446 is configured to contact the front surface of the game board 80 on both upper and lower sides with the base portion 441 interposed therebetween, but this is changed so that one of the upper and lower sides of the base portion 441 contacts the front surface of the game board 80. A configuration is also possible. For example, the operating lever 440 can be deformed from a T-shape to an L-shape, and the number of contact points with the front surface of the game board 80 can be reduced.

  (C9) In the above embodiment, the operation levers 440 have the same shape, while the insertion portions 92 of the game board 80 have different shapes. However, this is changed and the operation levers 440 are similar to each other. The shape of each insertion portion 92 may be unified.

  (C10) In the above embodiment, the rotation range of the operation lever 440 is limited to about 90 °, and the lock state and the unlock state can be switched within the range. Is not limited to this. For example, it may be 180 ° or 360 °.

  In addition, it is configured to be switched to the locked state by rotating clockwise from the unlocked state, and switched to the unlocked state by rotating counterclockwise from the locked state, but this has been changed as follows: May be. That is, it is good also as a structure by which switching with a locked state and an unlocked state is made | formed by rotation operation to the same direction. For example, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which the locked state and the unlocked state are switched every time it is rotated 180 ° clockwise. This makes it easy to secure the allowance between the game board 80 and the operation unit 446 shown in (c7).

  (C11) In the above embodiment, the pusher 420 is urged toward the game board 80 by the coil spring 430. However, instead of the coil spring 430, another type of spring member such as a leaf spring may be used, rubber or the like. The elastic member may be used.

  (C12) In the above embodiment, the operation lever 440 of the locking device 400 is housed in the region sandwiched between the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, but the operation lever 440 is exposed from the region. Also good. However, in this case, unauthorized removal of the game board 80 is facilitated, and the crime prevention function may be reduced. Therefore, if the improvement of the crime prevention function is taken into consideration, it is desirable to dispose the operation lever 440 at a position where access from the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is impossible or difficult.

  (D1) In the above embodiment, the first gripping portion 481 and the second gripping portion 482 of the game board 80 are disposed in one game area partition member 480, but the objects to be disposed of these gripping portions 481, 482 are different. It is also possible. For example, two game area partition members may be provided, and one of the game area partition members may be provided with a first grip portion, and the other may be provided with a second grip portion.

  (D2) In the above embodiment, the gripping portions 481 and 482 are arranged on the rotating front end side of the game board 80. However, the positions of the gripping portions 481 and 482 are not limited thereto. It is also possible to arrange them. However, as shown in the above embodiment, when the rotation base end of the game board 80 and the rotation base end of the front door frame 14 are on the same side, the front door frame 14 moves to the gripping portion. It is assumed that access to the site is likely to be hindered. This makes it difficult to use the grip portions 481 and 482, and as a result, there is a concern that various configurations in the game area PE are easily gripped. Therefore, desirably, the gripping portion may be disposed on a gaming machine component (for example, the gaming area partition member 480) disposed at a position closer to the rotation tip side than the gaming area PE.

  (D3) In the above embodiment, the first gripping portion 481 is provided on the wall portion of the game area partition member 480 facing the turning front side of the game board 80, but the position of the first gripping portion 481 is arbitrary. is there. For example, it is also possible to arrange the game area partition member 480 side by side with the second grip portion 482 on a wall portion facing downward. However, if both gripping portions 481 and 482 are arranged side by side, it is assumed that it is difficult to improve the stability when the game board 80 is gripped even if two gripping portions are provided. Therefore, it is desirable to arrange each gripping part on a wall part facing in a different direction.

  (D4) In the above embodiment, the open portions of the grip portions 481 and 482 are positioned on the inner side of the periphery of the game board 80, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which the open portions of the gripping portions 481 and 482 are positioned outside the peripheral edge of the game board 80. However, in this case, it may be difficult to ensure a work space for gripping the grip portion (specifically, a space for inserting a finger into the grip portion). Specifically, in a configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13, a track for attaching and detaching the game board 80 is secured on the front side of the game board 80. By securing a work space for gripping the grip portion on the track, it is possible to preferably avoid interference between peripheral parts and fingers. However, as described above, the open portion of the grip portion is located outside the game board 80. If so, it is necessary to form a work space separately. This is not preferable because it can be a factor that makes it difficult to coexist with peripheral components and peripheral structure of the game board 80. Therefore, it is desirable that the open portions of the grip portions 481 and 482 be disposed inside the peripheral edge of the game board 80.

  (D5) In the above embodiment, the gripping portions 481 and 482 are concave and the fingers can be inserted into the gripping portions 481 and 482. However, the shape of the gripping portion is not limited to this and is arbitrary. is there. For example, the gripping portions may be protrusions that protrude to the front side of the game board 80, and the gripping portions may be picked up with fingers.

  (D6) Either one of the first gripping portion 481 and the second gripping portion 482 may be omitted. However, if the number of grips is limited to one, the following inconvenience may occur. In other words, since the game board 80 is mounted with various components such as the variable display unit 85 and the total weight thereof is increased, it is not efficient to hold the game board 80 with only one hand. When it is removed from the inner frame 13, it is assumed that the other part of the game board 80 is easily gripped by the hand not gripping the grip portion. In this case, if a configuration related to game play such as the nail 87 is gripped, it is not preferable because the game play may change. Therefore, it is preferable to provide two gripping portions so as to correspond to both hands.

  (D7) It is also possible to arrange the first grip portion 481 on an extension of the moving path of the game ball with respect to the return rubber 490. In this case, a screw 491 may be disposed on the extension. It should be noted that a configuration or means other than the screw 491 can be used as a fixing means for the game area partition member 480. For example, a locking pin or an adhesive may be used.

  (D8) In the above embodiment, the game area partitioning member 480 has the rubber return 490. However, the rubber return 490 can be omitted.

  (D9) In the above embodiment, the first gripping portion 481 is disposed above the second gripping portion 482 and on the rotating front end side of the game board 80. However, these gripping portions 481, 482 are arranged as follows. Is optional. Further, the direction of depression of each gripping portion 481, 482 is also arbitrary.

  (D10) In the above embodiment, the game area partition member 480 is provided with the facing portion 485 that faces the inner rail 101. However, the same configuration can be applied to the outer rail 102.

  Although it is possible to omit the facing portion 485 and the unit accommodating portion 486, it is assumed that it is difficult to downsize the game area partition member 480 in order to ensure the strength of the second grip portion 482. The In this regard, if the opposing portion 485 and the unit accommodating portion 486 are arranged around the second grip portion 482 of the game area partition member 480, the limited space on the front surface of the game board 80 can be effectively utilized, and the game area Coexistence with PE can be made suitable.

  (D11) In the above embodiment, the second grip portion 482 is disposed at a position closer to the rotation base end side of the game board 80 than the right side lock device 400R. However, both positions can be interchanged. However, the locking device 400 is preferably disposed near the end of the game board 80 from the viewpoint of improving the positioning function, and the second gripping portion 482 is provided from the viewpoint of improving stability in a state where the game board 80 is supported. It is preferable to arrange near the center. In this regard, if the above change is made, the functions of the second gripping portion 482 and the right side locking device 400R may be deteriorated. Therefore, desirably, as shown in the above-described embodiment, the lock device 400 may be disposed closer to the rotation tip side than the second grip portion 482.

  (E1) In the above embodiment, the opposing plate portion 251 as the “flat plate portion” has a ring shape (specifically, a rectangular frame shape), but the opposing plate portion has a flat plate shape facing the back of the game board 80. The outer shape is not necessarily circular. For example, the “flat plate portion” may be formed in a long plate shape extending across the left frame portion 13 c and the right frame portion 13 d of the inner frame 13.

  In addition, although the opposing plate portion 251 has a configuration having irregularities such as ribs and dents for the purpose of reinforcement and member attachment, it is also possible to have a configuration without such irregularities.

  (E2) In the above embodiment, the game board housing portion 75 is configured by the opposing plate portion 251 and the peripheral wall portion 261, but the game board housing portion 75 is not essential. It is only necessary to have a configuration corresponding to at least the counter plate portion 251, and the peripheral wall portion 261 can be omitted.

  (E3) In the above embodiment, the positioning protrusions 259 that define the left and right positions of the game board 80 are disposed between the left and right lock apparatuses 400R and 400L that fix the game board 80. The positional relationship of the protrusion 259 is arbitrary, and it is not necessary to arrange the positioning protrusion 259 between the two locking devices 400R and 400L. Further, although the positioning protrusion 259 is disposed close to the left lock device 400L, the positioning protrusion 259 may be disposed close to the right lock device 400R.

  (E4) In the above embodiment, in the process of placing the game board 80 in the mounting completion position, the operation unit 446 of the locking device 400 first enters the insertion part 92 of the game board 80, and then the positioning protrusion 259 is inserted into the game board 80. However, it is also possible to change the configuration so that the operation portion 446 enters the insertion portion 92 after the positioning protrusion 259 enters the through hole 91. However, in this case, since the positioning protrusion 259 tries to enter the through hole 91 in a state where the left and right positions of the game board 80 are largely dispersed, the positioning protrusion 259 does not fit into the through hole 91 and the back surface of the game board 80, etc. There is a concern about the collision. This is not preferable because it may cause the positioning protrusion 259 to be deformed and cause a decrease in positioning accuracy. Therefore, preferably, as shown in the above-described embodiment, first, the positioning protrusion 259 penetrates in a state where the rough positioning of the game board 80 is suppressed by the operation portion 446 and the insertion portion 92 and the positioning target stands to some extent. A configuration that enters the hole 91 is preferable.

  (E5) In the above-described embodiment, the positioning protrusion 259 has a cylindrical shape. However, the positioning protrusion can also have a prismatic shape. Further, although the diameter of the tip portion of the positioning protrusion 259 is reduced, this can be omitted.

  (E6) In the above embodiment, among the flat plate portions constituting the counter plate portion 251, the positioning protrusions on the flat plate portion that is connected to the corner portion closest to the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 among the corner portions of the peripheral wall portion 261. 259 and the locking device 400 are disposed, but the positioning protrusion 259 and the locking device 400 may be disposed on another flat plate portion.

  In addition, the positioning protrusion 259 and the locking device 400 are arranged on the flat plate portion that is connected to the left side frame portion 13c to which the support fittings 71 and 72 that support the front door frame 14 are attached among the flat plate portions that constitute the counter plate portion 251. However, the positioning protrusion 259 and the locking device 400 can be disposed on another flat plate portion.

  Further, the flat plate portion on which the positioning protrusion 259 and the locking device 400 are disposed is configured to be continuous with the plurality of wall portions 263 and 264 among the wall portions 262 to 265 constituting the peripheral wall portion 261, but is not limited thereto. It is not something. For example, the flat plate portion can be connected to only one wall portion.

  (F1) In the above embodiment, the positioning protrusions 259 that define the left and right positions of the game board 80 are arranged behind the outer rail 102 of the game board 80. However, this is changed, and the positioning protrusions 259 are arranged on the pachinko machine 10. It is also possible to arrange the inner side of the outer rail 102 or the outer side of the outer rail 102 in a front view. However, even when the arrangement of the positioning protrusions 259 is changed as described above, it is preferable to arrange them as close as possible to the specific part SP.

  (F2) In the above embodiment, the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 is arranged near the lower end of the game board 80, but the entrance portion 104 can be arranged near the upper end of the game board 80. However, when such a change is made, it is assumed that the variation in the landing position of the game ball is increased by increasing the interval between the entrance portion 104 and the game ball launching mechanism 110. In this case, even if the position variation is suppressed by the positioning protrusion in the vicinity of the entrance portion 104, the variation in the launch of the game ball becomes dominant, and there is a concern that the benefits of the landing position stabilization function by the positioning protrusion cannot be fully enjoyed. Is done. Therefore, it is desirable that the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 be positioned close to the lower end of the game board 80, that is, the game ball launching mechanism 110.

  In addition, although the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 is arranged near the center of the game board 80, for example, the entrance portion 104 can be arranged near the end of the game board 80 on the rotation base end side. In this case, the game ball launching mechanism 110 may be arranged close to the same side.

  (F3) In the above embodiment, the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 is configured to obliquely cross the lower end edge of the game board 80, that is, the lower wall portion 263 of the inner frame 13. In other words, the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the tip end portion of the launch rail 112 in the game ball launch mechanism 110 face each other with the lower wall portion 263 interposed therebetween. By changing this, the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the launch rail 112 in the game ball launching mechanism 110 are arranged vertically with the lower wall portion 263 interposed therebetween, and the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 However, a configuration may be adopted in which the lower end edge of the game board 80, that is, the lower wall portion 263 of the inner frame 13 is vertically traversed. However, in this case, there is a possibility that the game ball is displaced to the inner rail 101 side, and it may be difficult to specify the landing position of the game ball. Therefore, it is desirable to tilt the flight direction of the game ball toward the outer rail 102 even slightly.

  (F4) In the above embodiment, the outer rail 102 has an arc shape, and the tangent TL at the specific portion SP of the outer rail 102 has the same direction as the rail direction of the launch rail 112, so that the impact at the time of landing on the game ball And smooth guidance along the outer rail 102 was made possible. You may change this as follows. That is, instead of making the entire outer rail arc-shaped, a part including the specific portion SP may extend in the same direction as the rail direction of the firing rail 112. Thereby, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

  (F5) In the above embodiment, the rail support member 107 is attached to the through hole 91 through which the positioning protrusion 259 is inserted. However, the rail support member 107 can be omitted. It is also possible to attach the rail support member 107 using a hole other than the through hole 91 or the like.

  (F6) Instead of the through hole 91 penetrating in the thickness direction of the game board 80, it is also possible to use a hole or a recess that does not penetrate in the thickness direction of the game board 80. Furthermore, although the through hole has a long hole shape that is expanded vertically, and the positioning protrusion 259 is allowed to move in the vertical direction, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the inner shape of the through hole 91 can be formed in accordance with the outer shape of the positioning protrusion 259, and a vertical positioning function can be given to the through hole 91 and the positioning protrusion 259. However, when such a change is made, it is assumed that the burden generated on the positioning protrusion 259 increases, and the positioning protrusion 259 is likely to be deformed. This is not preferable because it may cause a decrease in positioning function. Therefore, it is desirable that the through hole 91 is formed so that a gap that allows variation in the vertical position of the game board 80 is formed between the through hole 91 and the positioning protrusion 259.

  (F7) In the above embodiment, the positioning protrusion 259 is provided on the inner frame 13 and the through hole 91 through which the positioning protrusion 259 is inserted is provided in the game board 80. However, the positioning protrusion 259 and the through hole 91 are replaced. Is also possible. That is, it is possible to provide a through hole in the inner frame 13 and provide a positioning projection inserted into the through hole in the game board 80.

  (F8) In the above-described embodiment, the guide rail 100 is configured by the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102. However, both the rails are not necessarily required. It is only necessary to have a rail corresponding to at least the outer rail 102. Moreover, it is not necessary to provide the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102 as separate bodies, and it is also possible to provide both of them integrally (for example, integrally molding).

  (F9) In the above embodiment, the game ball is configured to land on the specific part SP of the outer rail 102 when the operation amount of the game ball launching handle 40 is equal to or greater than the first specified amount. However, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the game ball lands on the specific part SP of the outer rail 102 when the operation amount becomes equal to or greater than the second specified amount. If the amount of operation of the game ball launch handle 40 increases, the launch speed of the game ball also increases. It is assumed that the impact at the time of landing on the outer rail 102 increases as the launching speed of the game ball increases to a level that reaches the return rubber 490. At least, it is possible to easily contribute to improving the durability of the outer rail 102 by suppressing the variation in the collision position of the game balls launched at such a high firing speed.

  (F10) In the above embodiment, the positioning protrusion 259 always protrudes from the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13. However, the positioning protrusion may be movable so that it can be switched between a positioning position and a non-positioning position. Good. As a material plate, the positioning projection may be freely movable in and out of the counter plate portion.

  (G1) In the above-described embodiment, the lower wall portion 263 serving as the “mounting portion” has a flat plate shape. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The “mounting unit” may be any one that can confront at least the lower end surface of the game board 80 and support the game board 80 from the lower side to suppress variation in the vertical position of the game board 80. For example, the “mounting portion” may be a line or a dot instead of a plane.

  (G2) In the above embodiment, the lower wall portion 263 is in contact with the entire lower end surface of the game board 80. However, the lower wall portion 263 is changed to a part of the left and right sides of the lower end surface of the game board 80. It is good also as a structure which contact | abuts. As long as at least the contact points are set at such an interval that the inclination of the game board 80 to the left and right can be suppressed, the function of defining the vertical position of the game board 80 is secured.

  (G3) In the above embodiment, after the game board 80 is placed on the lower wall portion 263 and the vertical position is defined, the left and right positions are defined by the positioning protrusions 259. However, the positioning order is reversed. May be. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the definition of the vertical position and the definition of the left and right positions are performed simultaneously. However, it is assumed that it is difficult to ensure the strength of the positioning protrusion 259 as compared with the lower side wall portion 263. As described above, there is a concern that when the positioning projection 259 with low strength is first positioned, the weight of the game board 80 is added to the positioning projection 259 and the positioning projection 259 is likely to be deformed. The This is not preferable because it can cause a decrease in positioning accuracy. Therefore, preferably, in the process of mounting the game board 80, it is preferable to first define the vertical position by the lower wall portion 263.

  In particular, in the above-described embodiment, the temporary placement portion 290 is formed in the inner frame 13, the variation in the vertical position of the game board 80 is suppressed at the initial stage of mounting the game board 80, and the game board 80 is rotated. The gaming board 80 is guided on the lower wall portion 263 to further suppress variation in the vertical position. The positioning protrusion 259 is inserted into the through hole 91 in a state where the game board 80 is placed on the lower wall portion 263. That is, the positioning protrusion 259 is prevented from being inserted into the through hole 91 before the vertical position is defined. However, the temporary placement unit 290 is not an essential configuration and can be omitted.

  (G4) In the above-described embodiment, the lower wall portion 263 serving as the placement portion is configured to be substantially planar, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the game board 80 may be supported by protrusions extending in the front-rear direction.

  (G5) In the above embodiment, the rotation center of the game board 80 can be displaced. However, the rotation center of the game board 80 may be fixed. For example, the game board 80 may be pivotally supported by the inner frame 13. In particular, the game board 80 may be pivotally supported in a state in which the game board 80 is allowed to move in the vertical direction, and the burden on the shaft portion after the positioning by the lower wall portion 263 is reduced.

  (G6) In the above-described embodiment, the positioning protrusion 259 is arranged close to the lower wall portion 263 side. However, the positioning protrusion 259 can be arranged close to the upper wall portion 262 side. However, assuming that the positioning accuracy of the vertical position of the game board 80 is the highest near the lower wall 263 (for example, the variation when the game board 80 is tilted to the left and right is the smallest near the lower wall 263). The positioning protrusion 259 is desirably arranged close to the lower wall portion 263 side.

  (H1) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is attached to the inner frame 13 as the “game machine main body”, but this may be changed and attached to the front door frame 14 as the “door body”.

  (H2) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is arranged on the rotating front end side of the front door frame 14, but the position of the locking device may be arbitrarily changed. For example, the locking device can be disposed along the upper and lower ends of the front door frame 14. The front door frame 14 is not necessarily provided so as to be rotatable, and may be provided so as to be slidable.

  (H3) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 locks the front door frame 14 with the inner frame 13 closed, and locks the inner frame 13 with the outer frame 11 closed. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The locking device 500 only needs to have a function of locking with at least the front door frame 14 closed, and the function of locking with the inner frame 13 closed may be omitted. However, in this case, it is preferable to separately provide a locking device that locks the inner frame 13 with the outer frame 11 closed. Moreover, it is also possible to provide the locking device 500 with a function of locking the back pack unit 15 with the inner frame 13 closed.

  (H4) In the above embodiment, the front door frame 14 and the handle base 41 cover the front surface of the inner frame 13, and the handle base 41 is mounted with the game ball launch handle 40. It is also possible to omit the game ball launch handle 40 from the front door frame 14.

  (H5) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is covered with both the front door frame 14 and the handle base 41. However, the locking device 500 may be changed to cover the locking device 500 only with the front door frame 14. .

  (H6) In the above embodiment, the locking device accommodating portion 77 is formed in the inner frame 13, and the front open portion thereof is covered by the first base frame 510 as the “base member” in the locking device 500. It is not necessary to cover with the first base frame 510. For example, the open portion may be covered with a cover member or the like, or the open portion may not be covered. Even if the open portion is not covered, since the locking device 500 is covered by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, the conventional configuration (configuration in which the locking device is mounted on the back surface of the inner frame 13) and If compared, the crime prevention function can be improved.

  (H7) In the above embodiment, the game board 80 is attached and detached from the front side of the inner frame 13, but this may be changed and the game board may be attached and detached from the rear side of the inner frame. However, when making such a change, it is preferable to make the following changes together. By opening the front door frame, the lock is changed so that the lock device for fixing the game board to the inner frame can be released. For example, the front door frame is provided with blocking means for disposing the operation portion of the locking device on the front side of the inner frame or blocking the switching operation of the locking device when the inner frame 13 is not open to the outer frame 11. Or better. As a result, it is possible to reduce the inconvenience that the game board is removed and the game parts such as the nail 87 are easily accessed.

  (H8) In the above embodiment, the gaming board 80 is configured to be attached and detached from the front side of the inner frame 13, but the same idea can be applied to other gaming machine parts mounted on the inner frame. It is. For example, in the present embodiment, the game ball launching mechanism 110 is connected to a control device provided on the back side of the inner frame through a through hole or the like formed in the inner frame 13. By adopting a configuration that is performed from the front side of 13, the game ball launching mechanism 110 is removed, and inconvenience that fraud is likely to be performed through the through hole can be suitably suppressed.

  (H9) In the above embodiment, the mounting / dismounting track of the game board 80 is specified by the game board housing part 75 (specifically, the peripheral wall part 261) and the insertion part 280, and when the front door frame 14 is closed, The presence of the front door frame 14 makes it impossible to remove the game board 80, but the game board housing part 75 and the insertion part 280 can be omitted.

  (H10) In the above embodiment, when the front door frame 14 is closed with respect to the inner frame 13, the glass holder 27 of the front door frame 14 as the “partitioning means” and the right side wall portion 265 of the inner frame 13 The space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is divided into a region on the game board 80 side and a region on the locking device 500 side, but is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, a partition portion that extends toward the front surface of the inner frame 13 may be provided on the back surface of the front door frame 14, or a partition portion that extends toward the back surface of the front door frame 14 may be provided on the front surface of the inner frame 13. .

  Furthermore, the space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is not necessarily divided into a region on the game board 80 side and a region on the locking device 500 side, and the space is not divided into both regions. It is also possible. However, in this case, the crime prevention function is likely to be reduced as compared with the above embodiment.

  (H11) The front door frame 14 may be provided with blocking means for blocking the switching of the operation unit 446 of the locking device 400 as “fixing means”. For example, a recess that fits the operation unit 446 in the locked state is formed, or a stopper that contacts the operation unit 446 from the front side in the rotation direction when the operation unit 446 is switched to the unlocked state. It is good to form. As a result, unauthorized removal of the game board 80 can be suppressed and further security functions can be enhanced.

  (H12) In the above embodiment, the hook members 550 and 620 protrude from the locking device housing portion 77. However, the hook members 550 and 620 may not protrude from the locking device housing portion 77. Is possible. A specific example will be described below with reference to FIG. FIG. 35 is a schematic view showing the locking device and the structure accompanying it.

  As shown in FIG. 35, the front door frame 14 is provided with a flange member 871 that protrudes toward the inner frame 13 side. In the first base frame 891 of the locking device 890, an insertion hole 893 through which the flange member 871 is inserted is formed in the front plate portion 892 facing the back surface of the front door frame 14. A front door scissor receiving member 894 corresponding to the scissors member 871 is provided on the back side of the front plate portion 892. A hole 895 is formed in the front door scissor receiving member 894, and the front door frame 14 is locked by the hook member 871 being caught in the hole 895.

  Similarly, the outer frame 11 is provided with a flange member 881 that protrudes toward the inner frame 13. In the locking device 890, an insertion hole 897 that allows passage of the flange member 881 is formed in the rear plate portion 896 that faces the back wall portion 301 of the locking device housing portion 77. An inner frame collar receiving member 898 corresponding to the collar member 881 is provided on the front side of the rear plate portion 896. A hole 899 is formed in the inner frame collar receiving member 898, and the inner frame 13 is locked to the outer frame 11 when the collar member 881 is caught in the hole 899.

  As described in detail above, when the collar member 871 of the front door frame 14 enters the locking device housing portion 77, the collar member 871 and the front door rod receiving member 894 are formed in the inner region of the locking device housing portion 77. A configuration in which the hook member 881 of the outer frame 11 enters the locking device housing portion 77 and the hook member 881 and the inner frame hook receiving member 898 are hooked in the inner region of the locking device housing portion 77. As a result, the exposure of the hook receiving members 894 and 898 to the outside of the locking device housing 77 is suppressed, and the first base frame 891 prevents access to the hook receiving members 894 and 898 from the outside of the pachinko machine. Can do. By making such changes, it is possible to contribute to further improvement of crime prevention.

  (H13) In the above embodiment, the inner frame collar member 620 is exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the slit 303 of the inner frame 13, and the gap between the slit 303 and the inner frame collar member 620 is coupled to the inner frame 13. Although it was set as the structure covered from the inner side of the locking device accommodating part 77 by the flange 545 of 540, you may change this as follows. In other words, the gap may be covered with a member other than the interlocking rod 540. In particular, if the gap is configured to be covered with a portion other than the collar portion of the inner frame collar member, the gap can be suitably closed when the inner frame collar member operates.

  (H14) In the above embodiment, the first base frame 510 of the locking device 500 has the member mounting portion 515 and the flange portion 516, but both of them can be omitted. In this case, various configurations attached to the member attaching portion 515 may be attached to the base frame fixing portion 511. However, in the above-described embodiment, the attaching / detaching track of the locking device 500 is defined by the member attaching portion 515 and the flange portion 516. In the state where the front door frame 14 is closed, the front door frame 14 is present on the same attachment / detachment track, thereby suppressing the removal of the locking device 500. When the member attaching portion 515 and the flange portion 516 are omitted as described above, for example, the peripheral wall of the locking device housing portion 77 may be extended toward the front door frame 14 and the removal track of the first base frame 510 may be twisted. Thereby, the fall of a crime prevention function can be suppressed.

  (H15) In the above embodiment, the opening 320 corresponding to the cam member 600 of the locking device 500 is formed in the inner frame 13, but the opening 320 may be omitted. However, when such a change is made, it becomes impossible to open the front door frame 14 without an operation key, and convenience may be lowered.

  (H16) In the above-described embodiment, the central opening 76 of the inner frame 13 is covered with the game board 80. However, the game board 80 may be closed. In this case, the front and back positions of the game board 80 may be positioned by bringing the back surface of the game board 80 into contact with the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13. Note that the central opening 76 is not an essential component and can be omitted.

  (H17) In the above embodiment, one side portion of the game board 80 is inserted into the insertion part 280, and the game board 80 is moved to the mounting completion position by rotating the game board 80. It is good also as a structure which is moved to a mounting completion position by sliding it. When such a change is made, for example, the insertion part 280 may be omitted, and the sliding direction of the game board may be defined by the peripheral wall part of the game board housing part.

  (H18) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 attaches the cylinder lock 520, the interlocking rod 540, the front door rod member 550, and the inner frame rod member 620 to the first base frame 510 as the “base member”. However, it is possible to omit the first base frame 510 and attach the various configurations to the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14.

  (I1) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 biases the front door rod member 550U as the “first locking member” and the inner frame rod member 630U as the “second locking member” toward the locking position. The coil spring 560U is used as the “biasing member” to be changed, but this may be changed as follows. A compression coil spring, a leaf spring, or the like can be used instead of the coil spring 560U (tensile coil spring), and an elastic member such as rubber can be used instead of the coil spring 560U.

  (I2) In the above embodiment, the protrusion 554 in the front door flange member 550U is referred to as a “first attachment portion”, and the protrusion 622 in the inner frame flange member 620 is referred to as a “second attachment portion”. It is also possible to make it. In other words, the protrusion of the inner frame collar member 620U can be disposed on the opposite side of the inner frame collar member 620U from the front door collar member 550U. In particular, by forming the protrusions 554 and 622 on the opposite sides of the flange members 550U and 620U, it is possible to further easily secure the free length of the coil spring 560U.

  Further, although the inner frame eaves member 620U is arranged to be higher than the front door eaves member 550U, both the eaves members 550U and 620U can be turned upside down.

  (I3) In the above embodiment, the front door flange member 550U and the inner frame flange member 620U arranged on the upper end side of the first base frame 510 as the “base member” are connected by the coil spring 560U. It is also possible to change this and adopt a configuration in which the front door flange member 550L and the inner frame flange member 620L arranged on the lower end side of the first base frame 510 are connected by a coil spring 560L. However, in the above embodiment, since the arrangement of the front door cage member 550 is limited by the game ball launch handle 40, it is not necessary to bring the inner frame cage member 620 to the front door cage member 550.

  (I4) In the above embodiment, the projections 554 and 622 of the flange members 550 and 620 are biased toward each other to maintain the flange members 550 and 620 in the locked position. It is also possible to reverse the biasing direction. That is, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the hook members 550 and 620 are maintained in the locked position by urging the protrusions 554 and 622 of the hook members 550 and 620 away from each other. However, when such a change is made, there is a concern that it will be difficult to arrange the two flange members 550 and 620 close to each other. Therefore, it is desirable to adopt the configuration shown in the above embodiment.

  (I5) In the above-described embodiment, the protrusion 554 of the front door saddle member 550 is provided on the upright portion 553, but the protrusion can also be provided on the base portion 551.

  (I6) In the above embodiment, the front door saddle member 550 and the inner frame saddle member 620 are arranged in different parts of the first base frame 510. That is, the front door cage member 550 is attached to the base frame fixing portion 511 of the first base frame 510, and the inner frame cage member 620 is attached to the member attachment portion 515 of the first base frame 510. It is good also as a structure which changes this and attaches each collar member 550,620 to the same object.

  (I7) In the above embodiment, the front door flange member 550 is slidably provided, and the inner frame flange member 620 is rotatably provided. The movement mode of each of the flange members 550 and 620 is arbitrary. For example, both the flange members 550 and 620 may be slidable or rotatable.

  (I8) In the above embodiment, the handle base 41 for fixing the game ball launching handle 40 is provided on the lower end side of the locking device 500, and the front door saddle member 550L is attached to the handle base to avoid overlapping with the handle base 41. 41 above. The handle base 41 can be omitted, and the front door frame member 550L is arranged close to the lower end of the locking device 500 (inner frame 13), thereby further raising the front door frame 14. It can suppress suitably. In this case, it is assumed that the positions of the front door brim member 550L and the inner frame brim member 620L are close to each other. A practically preferable configuration can be realized by energizing 550L and 620L.

  (I9) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is arranged on the front side of the inner frame 13, but it is also possible to change this and arrange the locking device on the back side of the inner frame 13.

  (I10) In the above-described embodiment, the hook members 550 and 620 are configured to allow movement to the unlocking position independent of the movement of the interlocking hook 540. It is good also as a structure by which this is changed and the movement to a lock release position is accept | permitted only when each collar member 550,620 follows the motion of the interlocking collar 540.

  (I11) In the above embodiment, the hook members 550 and 620 are arranged on the locking device 500 and the hook receiving members 63 and 350 are arranged on the front door frame 14 and the outer frame 11, but this is changed to the locking device. A scissor receiving member may be disposed and a scissor member may be disposed on the front door frame 14 and the outer frame 11. That is, the “locking member” is not limited to the hook member, and may be a hook receiving member. If both the hook member and the hook receiving member are regarded as equivalent, for example, the locking member on the locking device side is the locking member on the locking device side, and the locking member on the front door frame and the outer frame side is the locking member on the front door side. The outer frame side locking member can also be called.

  (I12) In the above embodiment, each hook member 550, 620 can be operated using one cylinder lock 520. However, two cylinder locks are provided corresponding to each hook member 550, 620, and Each saddle member 550, 620 may be individually operable using each cylinder lock.

  (J1) In the above embodiment, the inner frame collar member 620 of the locking device 500 is exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the slit 303 as the “through hole” in the inner frame 13 as the “opening / closing body”. Although the opposing wall portion 305 as a “wall portion” is formed along the periphery of the slit 303, the opposing wall portion 305 can be formed away from the periphery of the slit 303.

  (J2) The inner frame collar member 620 is arranged close to the upper end and the lower end of the inner frame 13 to make it easy to suppress the floating of the inner frame 13 from the outer frame 11. In this case, for example, in the slit 303 corresponding to the upper flange member 620U, the opposing wall portion 305 is extended along the upper end edge of the slit 303, so that the upper frame portion 13a of the inner frame 13 and the front frame portion 620U Unauthorized access from the boundary with the door frame 14 can be easily suppressed. It is also possible to apply the same change to the lower facing wall portion 305.

  (J3) In the above-described embodiment, the amount of standing of the facing wall 305 is set to an extent that covers the hooked portion of the inner frame collar member 620. However, this is changed and the slit 303 of the inner frame collar member 620 is changed. It may be set to be equal to the protruding amount of.

  (J4) In the above-described embodiment, the distal end portion of the facing wall portion 305 is configured to enter the opening 353 formed in the flange receiving member 350 of the outer frame 11. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a configuration that does not enter the opening 353 is also possible. However, in this case, there is a concern that detouring of the facing wall portion 305 is facilitated and the security function is reduced. Therefore, when adopting a configuration in which the opposing wall portion 305 does not enter the opening 353, the front end of the opposing wall portion 305 may be brought close to or in contact with the front side plate portion 352 of the collar receiving member 350. Thereby, the fall of a crime prevention function can be suppressed. Note that when such a change is actually applied, it may be difficult to bring the front end of the facing wall portion 305 close to or in contact with the front plate portion 352 due to variations in the mounting position. And when such an inconvenience is eliminated, a structure becomes easy to become complicated. Therefore, it is preferable to adopt a configuration in which the tip of the opposing wall portion 305 enters the opening 353 as shown in the above embodiment.

  (J5) In the above embodiment, the opposing wall portion 305 is configured to overlap the entire moving range of the inner frame collar member 620 from the rotating front end side of the inner frame 13, but this is not necessarily limited thereto. By making the opposing wall portion overlap with a part of the moving range, it is difficult to switch the inner frame collar member 620 to the unlocked state.

  (J6) In the above embodiment, the opposing wall portion 305 is slightly shifted in the releasing direction (downward) of the inner frame collar member 620 with respect to the slit 303. However, it is not always necessary to shift the opposing wall portion 305 in this manner. Absent. Further, the vertical width of the facing wall portion 305 does not need to match the vertical width of the slit 303 as long as the inner frame flange member 620 can be covered over the entire moving range. However, since it is assumed that the slit 303 is also easily targeted as an intrusion route for unauthorized tools, it is desirable to form the opposing wall portion in accordance with the slit 303.

  (J7) The opposing wall portion 305 does not need to extend to the locking side with respect to the locked inner frame collar member 620, and may extend to at least the locking release position side. Thereby, the act of hooking an improper tool such as a wire on the inner frame collar member 620 and switching to the unlocked state can be suppressed.

  (J8) In the above-described embodiment, the rising direction of the opposing wall portion 305 is the same as the protruding direction of the inner frame flange member 620 from the slit 303, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, it is possible to incline with respect to the protruding direction of the inner frame collar member 620. However, even in the case where such a change is made, the surface facing the rotation front end side of the inner frame 13 in the opposite wall portion is parallel to the projecting direction or the front end side of the inner frame collar member 620 is the same. It is preferable to incline away from the inner frame collar member 620.

  In addition, the surface which faced the rotation front end side of the inner frame 13 in an opposing wall part may be a curved surface.

  (K1) In the above embodiment, the opening 320 as an “opening” is configured to be continuous to the side of the gaming machine and the rear of the gaming machine, but the opening is directed to either the side of the gaming machine or the rear of the gaming machine. It is also possible. In other words, the opening 320 is configured to straddle a plurality of wall surfaces 312a and 312b facing different directions. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration that does not straddle a plurality of wall surfaces is also possible.

  For example, the opening may be formed on a wall surface facing the back of the pachinko machine 10. However, when such a change is made, it is easy to remove the cam member 530 and the screw 531 as the “regulatory part”, but it may be difficult to cover the opening 320 with the outer frame 11.

  It is also possible to form the opening in the wall surface portion facing the rotating front end side of the inner frame 13. However, when such a change is made, it is assumed that the outer frame 11 can easily cover the opening, but it is difficult to remove the screw 531.

  Therefore, desirably, as shown in the above-described embodiment, the opening 320 is formed so as to straddle the wall surface portion 312a facing the back of the pachinko machine 10 and the wall surface portion 312b facing the rotation front end side of the inner frame 13. It is advisable to achieve both work ease and security.

  (K2) In the above embodiment, the cam member 530 and the screw 531 are allowed to be taken out through the opening 320. However, the cam member 530 and the screw 531 cannot be taken out by changing this. It is good also as a structure. However, when such a change is made, the removed cam member 530 and the screw 531 remain in the locking device housing portion 77, so that the cam member 530 and the screw 531 are caught and the unlocking operation is performed. May be hindered. In the present embodiment, since the front door eaves members 550U and 550L are arranged above the cam member 530, it is easy to avoid catching with the cam member 530 and the like, but when the front door frame 14 is unlocked Since the interlocking rod 540 is configured to move downward, there can be a sufficient problem that the cam member 530 or the like is sandwiched between the interlocking rod 540 and the lower wall portion of the locking device housing portion 77 or the like. Therefore, it is desirable to take measures such as reversing the operation direction of the interlocking rod 540 when the front door frame 14 is unlocked in conjunction with the above change.

  (K3) In the above embodiment, the front door saddle members 550U and 550L are arranged above the cam member 530. However, the arrangement of the front door saddle members 550U and 550L can be changed as follows. It is. For example, the front door saddle members 550U and 550L may be arranged below the cam member 530, the front door saddle member 550U above the cam member 530, and the front door saddle member 550L below the cam member 530. It is also possible to arrange them. In particular, by arranging the cam member 530 together on one side, unauthorized access to the front door collar member 550 far from the cam member 530 (unauthorized unlocking through the opening 320) can be prevented from the cam member 530. The improvement of the crime prevention function such as blocking by the other front door gutter member 550 on the near side is expected.

  (K4) In the above embodiment, the extended portion 321 that partially expands a specific portion of the opening 320 is formed and can be used as a guide and a guide when inserting a tool such as a driver. If the tool is extended as a whole and the insertion path of the tool is secured, the extension part 321 can be omitted.

  In the above embodiment, the extension 321 for removing the screw 531 is provided integrally with the opening 320 that allows the cam member 530 and the screw 531 to be removed. A configuration corresponding to 321 (for example, a through hole or an opening) can be provided independently of the opening 320.

  (K5) In the above embodiment, the opening 320 is covered with the outer frame 11, but the opening 320 may be closed with the outer frame 11. This can contribute to further improvement of the crime prevention function.

  (K6) In the above embodiment, the screw 531 is used as a “fixing tool” for fixing the cam member 530 of the locking device 500. However, instead of the screw 531, a locking member such as a locking pin or a C ring is used. It is also possible to use it.

  Alternatively, the inner frame 13 may be closed so that the outer frame 11 or the configuration accompanying the outer frame 11 is positioned on the removal track of the “fixing tool”. In particular, in a combination with a configuration in which the cam member 530 is fixed by a locking member such as a locking pin or a C-ring, the axial direction of the cylinder lock 520 intersects the removal direction of the fixing tool, and specifically, the removal is performed. It becomes easy to make the direction face the rotation tip side of the inner frame 13. Thereby, this modification can be suitably realized.

  (K7) In the above embodiment, the operation of the cam member 530 is transmitted to the front door rod member 550 by the interlocking rod 540, but the interlocking rod 540 is omitted, and the front door rod member is omitted by the cam member 530. It is good also as a structure which operates 550 directly.

  (L1) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 of the inner frame 13 as the “gaming machine body” has the front door second flange member 580 as the “second locking member”, and the front door frame 14 is Although the receiving member 63 is provided, both can be replaced. That is, the locking device 500 may have a hook receiving member, and the front door frame 14 may have a hook member. In this case, what is necessary is just to set it as the structure which a heel receiving member switches from a lock release state to a locked state by pushing in a heel member.

  (L2) In the above embodiment, the front door second collar member 580 as the “second locking member” is switched to the unlocked state of the front door first collar member 550 as the “first locking member”. Although it is configured to be interlocked and switched to the unlocked state, it is not necessary to interlock the both flange members 550 and 580. For example, a cylinder lock 520 corresponding to the front door second rod member 580 may be separately provided, and the unlocking operation may be performed individually. However, in this case, the opening operation of the front door frame 14 becomes complicated, which may lead to deterioration in maintainability. Therefore, preferably, the first door member 550 for the front door and the second door member 580 for the front door are interlocked so that the two door members 550, 580 can be switched to the unlocked state by one unlocking operation. It is good to do.

  (L3) In the above embodiment, the front door second collar member 580 is arranged on the rotating front end side of the front door frame 14 as a “door body”, but the front door second collar member 580 is disposed on the front door. It is also possible to arrange the frame 14 on the rotation base end side.

  Further, the front door second rod member 580 is disposed near the handle base 41 constituting the “gaming operation unit”, but the front door second rod member 580 is disposed near the rotation center axis of the front door frame 14. It is also possible to arrange.

  (L4) In the above embodiment, the locking position of the front door second flange member 580 is the rotation distal end side (the handle base 41 side) of the front door frame 14, and the locking release position is the rotation proximal end of the front door frame 14. However, the lock position and the lock release position may be reversed. However, in order to suppress the lifting of the front door frame 14 in the vicinity of the boundary with the handle base 41, it is desirable to set the locking position closer to the handle base 41.

  (L5) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 (specifically, the second base frame 570 and the second hook member 580 for the front door) is disposed on the front side of the inner frame 13. It is also possible to arrange on the back side of the. Although the locking device 500 is installed on the inner frame 13, it can also be installed on the front door frame 14.

  (L6) In the above embodiment, the front door second rod member 580 is configured to allow movement to the lock release position independent of the interlocking rod 540. It is also possible to change this so that the movement to the unlocking position always follows the movement of the interlocking rod 540.

  (L7) In the above embodiment, the collar receiving hole 64 and the bulging portion 66 of the front door frame 14 are arranged so that the former is closer to the handle base 41 than the latter, but the latter is the same handle as the former. It is also possible to arrange it close to the base 41.

  Further, the bulging portion 66 can be omitted.

  (L8) In the above-described embodiment, the handle base 41 is disposed at a position overlapping the locking device 500 in the front view of the pachinko machine 10, but may be disposed at a position not overlapping.

  (L9) In the above embodiment, the handle base 41 and the front door frame 14 coexist so that the boundary between the handle base 41 and the front door frame 14 becomes a part of the periphery of the handle base 41. The handle base 41 and the front door frame 14 can coexist so that the boundary between them is formed over the entire circumference of the base 41.

  (L10) The handle base 41 may be held by the inner frame 13 so that it can be opened and closed. For example, the handle base 41 may be pivotally supported at the end of the inner frame 13 on the front end side of the front door frame 14 so as to be rotatable.

  (L12) In the above-described embodiment, the front door second flange member 580 is provided. However, a configuration having a plurality of front door second flange members 580 may be employed. In this case, the front door second collar members 580 are arranged side by side in the longitudinal direction of the second base frame 570, and each front door second collar member 580 is interlocked by adding the same configuration as the interlocking collar 540. It is good to let them.

  (L13) In the above embodiment, the front door second collar member 580 slides to the left and right to switch between the locked state and the unlocked state. It is good also as a structure by which a locking state and a lock release state are switched by sliding a collar member up and down. Also, the front door second hook member 580 can be configured to be switched between the locked state and the unlocked state by rotating in the same manner as the inner frame hook member 620.

  (M1) In the above embodiment, the base plate portion 355 of the collar receiving member 350 fixed to the outer frame 11 as the “support frame” is formed on the installation surface 382 of the right frame portion 380 by forming the recess 381. The base plate portion 355 may be protruded from the installation surface 382 by omitting the recessed portion 381 and projecting the entire hook receiving member 350 forward.

  (M2) In the above embodiment, the base plate portion 355 as the “wall surface portion” has a function as an attachment portion for attaching the collar receiving member 350 to the outer frame 11, but this is changed, The base plate portion 355 may be configured not to have a function as an attachment portion. In this case, it is preferable to provide a separate mounting portion for the collar receiving member 350.

  However, the base plate portion 355 has a function of preventing further intrusion when the unauthorized tool hits when an unauthorized tool is inserted from the boundary portion BP between the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13. If the base plate portion 355 is fixed to the outer frame 11, the deformation of the base plate portion 355 can be suppressed and the security function can be improved. Therefore, it is preferable that the base plate portion 355 has a mounting function and a crime prevention function by adopting a configuration in which the base plate portion 355 is fixed to the outer frame 11.

  (M3) In the above embodiment, the base plate portion 355 is configured to extend further upward than the upper end of the opening 353 of the flange receiving member 350 and further downward than the lower end of the opening 353. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. is not. The base plate portion 355 only needs to cover at least the hooked portion of the flange receiving member 350 (that is, the upper end edge of the opening 353) from the boundary portion BP side, and the vertical width is arbitrary. However, if it pays attention to the point which makes the detour of the base plate part 355 and the intrusion into the opening 353 and enhances the crime prevention function, the base plate part 355 is at least more than the opening 353 as shown in the above embodiment. It is preferable to have a configuration that extends upward and downward.

  (M4) In the above embodiment, the base plate portion 355 is disposed so as to be closer to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 than the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner stepped portion 312 of the inner frame 13. May be changed as follows. That is, the left and right positions of the base plate portion 355 and the wall surface portion 312b may be the same, or the base plate portion 355 may be disposed on the rotating front end side of the inner frame 13 relative to the wall surface portion 312b. However, if such a change is made, there is a concern that if the unauthorized tool moves rearward along the wall surface portion 312b, the base plate portion 355 is likely to be bypassed. From the viewpoint of improving the crime prevention function, The arrangement shown in the above embodiment is preferable.

  (M5) In the above embodiment, the front edge of the installation surface 382 of the outer frame 11 (right frame part 380) is positioned behind the boundary part BP between the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13, but the installation It is good also as a structure where the front-end edge of the surface 382 is located ahead of the boundary part BP. However, in this case, if it moves to the front of the unauthorized tool and coincides with the protruding direction of the base plate portion 355, detouring of the base plate portion 355 can be facilitated. This can be a factor that reduces the security function of the base plate portion 355. Therefore, desirably, as shown in the above embodiment, a configuration in which the front end edge of the installation surface 382 is behind the boundary part BP may be employed.

  (M6) A projection or the like that protrudes rearward and fits into the recessed portion 381 of the outer frame 11 may be formed on the inner frame 13. This can contribute to further strengthening the crime prevention function.

  (M7) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is disposed along the right frame portion 13d of the inner frame 13. However, the locking device 500 may be disposed along the upper frame portion 13a of the inner frame 13. is there. In this case, the hook receiving member 350 of the outer frame 11 may be disposed in the upper frame portion of the outer frame 11, and a configuration corresponding to the recessed portion 381 and the installation surface 382 may be formed in the upper frame portion. Further, the locking device 500 is arranged along the lower frame portion 13b and the left frame portion 13c of the inner frame 13, and the arrangement of the hook receiving member 350, the installation surface, and the recessed portion is arranged along with the lower frame portion of the outer frame 11. It can also be arranged in the left frame.

  (M8) In the above embodiment, by forming the plurality of stepped portions 311 to 313 in the right side frame portion 13d of the inner frame 13, it is difficult for an unauthorized tool to enter, and even if it is temporarily intruded, The intrusion route was easily limited. However, these stepped portions 311 to 313 are not necessarily required and can be omitted. However, when the step portions 311 to 313 are omitted, it is desirable to leave a configuration corresponding to the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312 located in front of the recess portion 381 of the outer frame 11. The unauthorized tool inserted from the boundary part BP between the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13 easily moves along the wall surface of the inner frame 13 and the like, and the movement path is easily defined by these wall surfaces. Therefore, by leaving the configuration corresponding to the wall surface portion 312 b of the second inner stepped portion 312 as described above, it is possible to easily guide the unauthorized tool that has entered from the boundary portion BP to the recessed portion 381. Thereby, the crime prevention function of the base plate portion 355 of the collar receiving member 350 can be easily exhibited.

  (M9) In the above embodiment, the breaking screws are used as the fixing means for fixing the collar receiving member 350. However, these breaking screws can be replaced with ordinary screws, nails, locking pins, and the like. Even when the fixing means are changed in this way, it is desirable that the fixing position of the fixing means is within a region surrounded or covered by the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13.

  (M10) In the above embodiment, the gap 354 is formed at the boundary portion of each plate portion in the collar receiving portion 351 of the collar receiving member 350, but these gaps may be omitted.

  (M11) In the above embodiment, the saddle receiving member 350 is formed by bending a steel plate. However, the material of the saddle receiving member 350 is not limited to a steel plate, and other metal plates may be used. A synthetic resin may be used. In addition, when using a synthetic resin material, it is good to use a colored opaque thing so that the inside of a collar receiving member may become difficult or impossible to visually recognize.

  (N1) In the above embodiment, the “opening portion” is configured by the upper notch 89 of the game board 80, but the “opening portion” may be configured by a through-hole penetrating in the thickness direction of the game board 80. Is possible. However, when the through-hole is employed, the work for inserting the harness H can be complicated. Therefore, it is desirable to use a notch.

  (N2) In the above embodiment, the upper notch 89 is opened to the upper side and the rotation center side, but this is changed so that the upper notch is opened to either the upper side or the rotation center side. Also good.

  Further, the upper notch portion 89 is not necessarily formed at the upper corner, and can be disposed at an intermediate position between the upper end and the lower end of the game board 80.

  (N3) In the above embodiment, the upper notch portion 89 is provided with the harness support portion 89a for supporting the harness H, and the harness support portion 89a is used to attach and remove the harness while the game board 80 is attached and detached. Although it was set as the structure which supports H, the harness H separates from the harness support part 89a by connecting the harness side connector C1 and the control apparatus side connector C2, or arrange | positioning the game board 80 in the completion position of mounting | wearing. It is good also as a structure. That is, it is not necessary to always support the harness H by the harness support portion 89a.

  (N4) In the embodiment described above, the central opening 76 as the “opening” is provided. However, a harness opening may be provided separately from the central opening 76.

  (N5) In the above embodiment, the upper notch portion 89 is provided at a position higher than the sound lamp control device 143 (specifically, the control device side connector C2), and is further higher than the upper notch portion 89. Although the harness opening 36 is provided at the position, the positional relationship between these various components 36, 89, 143 is not limited to this. For example, the harness opening 36 may be provided at a position lower than the upper notch 89.

  (N6) In the above embodiment, by shifting the rotation center axis of the game board 80 and the rotation center axis of the front door frame 14, as the game board 80 moves to the mounting completion position, the harness H Although the slack is reduced, it is possible to make both the central axes coincide with each other. By adopting this modification, the margin of the harness H can be further reduced. Therefore, the total length of the harness H may be set so that the connectors C1 and C2 cannot be connected without going through the upper notch 89. Thereby, it is possible to reduce the inconvenience that the harness H is caught between the inner frame 13, the front door frame 14, and the game board 80 due to work variations.

  (N7) In the above embodiment, on the shortest path connecting the harness opening 36 of the front door frame 14, the control device-side connector C 2 of the sound lamp control device 143, and the upper end of the game board 80, Although the cutout portion 89 is formed, the upper cutout portion 89 can be formed at a position off the shortest path. However, in this case, by rotating the game board 80 toward the mounting completion position, the looseness of the harness H can be reduced, and the harness H can be moved to the upper notch 89 side to enjoy the alignment function. It will be difficult.

  (N8) In the above-described embodiment, the game board 80 is rotated and arranged at the installation completion position. However, the game board 80 may be arranged at the installation completion position by sliding.

  Further, the rotation center of the game board 80 is set on the same side as the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14, but the rotation center of the game board 80 is opposite to the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14. It is also possible to set to.

  Note that the front door frame 14 is configured to be rotatably supported by the inner frame 13, but may be configured to be slidably supported by the inner frame 13.

  However, when the three modified examples are adopted, it is necessary to increase the margin of the harness H as compared with the configuration shown in the above embodiment. For this reason, it is assumed that problems such as disconnection due to interference with peripheral components are likely to occur. Therefore, it is preferable to secure a space for escaping the excessive deflection of the harness H.

  (N9) In the above embodiment, the harness opening 36 of the front door frame 14 is provided close to the end of the front door frame 14 on the rotation base end side. Is optional. For example, the harness opening 36 can be provided on the rotating front end side of the front door frame 14. In this case, it is preferable to provide a clamp or the like that guides the harness H along the rear surface of the front door frame 14 toward the rotation base end and holds the harness H at a position near the end of the rotation base end.

  (N10) In the above-described embodiment, the front door frame 14 has the annular electric decoration part 23 and the speaker part 26 as the “production device”, but one of these can be omitted. The front door frame 14 may have a display device such as a liquid crystal display as the “production device”.

  (O1) Other types of pachinko machines different from the above embodiment, for example, a pachinko machine in which an electric accessory is released a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device, or a game ball in a specific area of a special device The present invention can also be applied to a pachinko machine that generates a right if a player enters, a pachinko machine equipped with other objects, an arrangement ball machine, a sparrow ball, and other gaming machines.

  Also, a non-ball-type gaming machine, for example, a plurality of reels with a plurality of types of symbols attached in the circumferential direction, starts rotation of the reel by inserting a medal and operating a start lever, and a stop switch is operated. If a specific symbol or a combination of specific symbols is established on the effective line visible from the display window after the reel has stopped after a predetermined time has passed, a privilege such as paying out medals is given to the player The present invention can also be applied to a slot machine.

  Further, the gaming machine main body supported by the outer frame so as to be openable and closable is provided with a storage unit and a capture device, and the start lever is operated after a predetermined number of game balls stored in the storage unit are captured by the capture device. Thus, the present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused to start the rotation of the reel.

<Invention Group Extracted from the Embodiments>
Hereinafter, the features of the invention group extracted from the above-described embodiment will be described while showing effects and the like as necessary. In the following, for ease of understanding, the corresponding configuration in the above embodiment is appropriately shown in parentheses, but is not limited to the specific configuration shown in parentheses.

Feature A1. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
A support frame (inner frame 13) for detachably supporting the game board;
In the gaming machine in which the gaming board is attached to the support frame from the front of the gaming machine,
A plurality of contact portions (stoppers 267) provided on the support frame and contacting the front surface of the game board;
Biasing means (plate spring 270) provided on the support frame and biasing the gaming board toward the front of the gaming machine by pushing the gaming board from the back side of the gaming board;
The plurality of abutting portions are respectively arranged at positions where rotation of the game board with one abutting portion by the urging force of the urging means as a fulcrum can be suppressed by other abutting portions. A gaming machine characterized by

  According to the feature A1, the game board can be attached from the front of the support frame (that is, from the front side of the support frame), thereby making it easier to work compared to the case where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame. Can be promoted. Thus, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the front side of the support frame, the positional accuracy of the front side of the game board (for example, the positional accuracy in the front-rear direction) is compared with the configuration in which the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame. However, in this feature, the position accuracy of the front surface of the game board is easily improved by positioning the front surface of the game board with the contact portion and the biasing means.

  In the configuration in which the game board is urged by the urging means, for example, the range covered by the urging force of the urging means is shifted by shifting the position pressed by the urging means on the game board from the position stopped by the contact portion. The positioning function of the game board can be improved while facilitating expansion and suppressing complication of the configuration. However, when such a configuration is simply applied, it is assumed that the game board easily turns around the contact portion. Furthermore, even if the game board is prevented from rotating, a rotational moment can easily be applied to the game board. These are not preferable because they can reduce stability during positioning and hinder improvement in positioning accuracy of the game board. Therefore, in this feature, the plurality of abutting portions are arranged at positions where rotation of the game board with the one abutting portion by the urging force of the urging means as a fulcrum can be suppressed by other abutting portions. This makes it possible to eliminate the above-mentioned disadvantages. Thereby, it is possible to contribute to improvement of the positional accuracy of the game board while facilitating the mounting of the game board.

  In addition, by providing a plurality of contact portions, for example, compared to the case of providing a large contact portion including a plurality of contact portions described above, it is easier to form the contact portion and the contact portion. Can contribute to the ease of ensuring positioning accuracy.

Feature A2. The plurality of contact portions are arranged side by side in a specific direction,
The gaming machine according to A1, wherein the urging means is arranged at a position that is more inside than two arranged at both ends of the contact portion group in the specific direction.

  As shown in the feature A2, if the biasing means is arranged at a position inside the two arranged at both ends in the arrangement direction (specific direction) of the contact portion group, the game board is preferably rotated. And can contribute to the improvement of positioning accuracy.

Feature A3. A plurality of biasing means;
The gaming machine according to A1 or A2, wherein the abutting portions are arranged on both sides of the respective urging means in a front view of the gaming machine.

  According to the feature A3, by providing a plurality of urging means and increasing the position where the game board is pushed, positioning can be facilitated. However, depending on the positional relationship between each urging means and the abutting part, a specific abutting part There is a concern that the load applied to the battery becomes extremely large. This is not preferable because it can cause deformation of the abutting portion and the like, which can cause variations in positioning accuracy at various locations on the game board. In this regard, in this feature, by arranging the contact portions on both sides of the urging means in a front view of the gaming machine, the above advantages can be suitably enjoyed while suppressing the above demerits. This contributes to further improvement in the positioning accuracy of the game board.

  Feature A4. The gaming machine according to A3, wherein the urging means is disposed substantially at the center of the abutting portion on both sides of the urging means.

  According to the feature A4, the difference in load applied to each contact portion by the urging force of the urging means can be reduced. Thereby, for example, it is difficult to cause a problem that one of the contact portions is easily deformed, and it is possible to easily suppress a decrease in positioning accuracy.

  Note that the configuration shown in this feature is “the urging means is one of the abutting portions on both sides of the urging means from a portion pressed by the urging means on the game board, and The distance to the part where the game board is hit and the other contact part of the contact parts on both sides of the biasing means from the part pressed by the biasing means on the game board and the game It is also possible to replace it with a “gaming machine according to A3, which is arranged at a position where the distance to the part where the board is hit is substantially equal.

Feature A5. A game ball launching device (game ball launching mechanism 110) that is provided on the support frame and disposed below the game board and launches a game ball,
The game ball launching device has a launch rail that defines the launch direction of the game ball (the launch rail 112),
A guide rail (guide rail 100) that is attached to the front surface of the game board and guides a game ball launched from the launch rail to the game area;
An installation surface provided on the front surface of the support frame, on which the firing rail is installed (launching mechanism installation unit 79),
The gaming machine according to any one of A1 to A4, wherein the contact portion and the installation surface are integrally formed.

  In the configuration in which the positioning is performed on the front surface of the game board as shown in the feature A1 and the like, the positioning accuracy is the contact portion, more specifically, the surface on which the game board contacts the contact portion (hereinafter referred to as the contact surface for convenience). ) Will be affected by the position. If the positions of the contact surface and the installation surface vary, the front and rear positions of the launch rail and the front surface of the game board (specifically, the guide rail) are likely to vary. Thereby, it is assumed that the landing position of the game ball on the guide rail varies. This is not preferable because it can hinder smooth guidance of the game ball. In this regard, as shown in this feature, by integrally forming the contact portion and the installation surface, it is possible to suppress variation in position between the contact portion and the installation surface. Thereby, the inconvenience described above is hardly caused, and the game ball can be guided smoothly.

Feature A6. The game area has a substantially circular shape,
A guidance rail (guidance rail 100) provided on the front surface of the game board for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching device (game ball launching mechanism 110) to the game area;
The guide rail extends along a portion that is on one side of the game board at an outer edge of the game area, and has an arc shape that is convex on one side of the game board,
The gaming machine according to any one of A1 to A5, wherein the contact portion is arranged above and below a portion of the guide rail that is convex toward the one side.

  According to the feature A6, the game area and the contact portion are preferably arranged on the front side of the game board by arranging the contact portions above and below the portion of the guide rail that protrudes on one side of the game board. It becomes possible to coexist.

  In particular, in combination with the feature A5, the “game ball launching device” and the “guidance rail” in this feature may be the same as the “game ball launching device” and the “guide rail” in the feature A5.

  Feature A7. The gaming machine according to any one of A1 to A6, wherein the contact portion and the urging means are arranged along one side of the game board.

  As shown in the feature A1 and the like, in a configuration in which a game area is formed on the front side of the game board, when the configuration further includes a contact part corresponding to the front side of the game board, the arrangement of the contact parts It is not preferable that the expansion of the game area is limited by the above. In this regard, as shown in feature A7, if the abutting portion and the urging means are arranged along one side of the game board to suppress the expansion of the occupied area of the configuration related to the positioning, the above disadvantages are suppressed, It is possible to allow the contact portion and the game area to coexist suitably.

Feature A8. A door body (front door frame 14) that is rotatably supported by the support frame and covers the game board from the front,
The contact portion and the biasing means are arranged along one side on the same side as the side supported by the support frame in the game board,
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated about the inserted portion in a state of being inserted between the contact portion and the biasing means. The gaming machine according to any one of A1 to A7, which is characterized in that:

  When the door frame is provided on the support frame as shown in feature A8, it may be difficult to push the game board straight from the front of the gaming machine with the door body open. In particular, when a gaming machine is installed in an island facility in a gaming hall, it is assumed that it is difficult to secure a work space and a mounting track when installing a game board on the rotating base end side of the door body. Is done. In this regard, according to the present feature, after the game board is inserted into the insertion portion, the game board can be arranged at the attachment completion position by rotating with respect to the support frame, so that the above-described inconveniences can be suitably eliminated. Can do.

  In such a configuration, if a separate operation such as moving the contact portion to a position where it contacts the game board after the game board is placed at a predetermined mounting position is necessary, It is assumed that the work will be complicated because it is difficult to secure. Therefore, it is preferable to employ a fixed contact portion that does not require a separate operation on the rotation base end side of the game board. Thereby, further simplification of the game board mounting operation can be expected.

  Feature A9. The gaming machine according to A8, wherein the abutting portion is arranged at a position closer to a rotation base end side of the game board than a portion of the biasing means that abuts against a back surface of the game board. .

  As shown in feature A8, in the configuration in which the game board is inserted between the abutting portion and the biasing means, if the insertion angle of the game board becomes small, the game board may be easily caught on the support frame. Is done. In this point, in this feature, the contact portion is arranged on the rotation base end side of the game board with respect to the portion of the biasing means that contacts the back surface of the game board, so that the insertion port faces the front side of the gaming machine. It becomes possible. Thereby, the said insertion angle can be enlarged and it can contribute to the simplification of insertion work.

  In addition, when a configuration in which the gaming board is urged forward of the gaming machine is employed, the positioning accuracy can be improved by setting the urging force to be somewhat high. However, if the urging force is increased, it is difficult to attach the game board. In this regard, according to this feature, the biasing force becomes a resistance when the game board is inserted when the biasing force is increased by disposing the abutting portion and the abutting portion of the biasing means. This can be suppressed, and it is possible to preferably achieve both improvement in positioning accuracy and ease of insertion work.

Feature A10. The contact portion is a first contact portion fixed to the support frame,
The biasing means is a first biasing means,
The support frame is provided on the rotating tip side of the game board when the game board is mounted with respect to the first contact part, and is in contact with the front surface of the game board and does not contact the front surface of the game board. A second contact portion (the operation portion 446 of the lock device 400) that can be switched to a state;
Second urging means (provided on the same side of the support frame as the second abutment portion) and urges the game board toward the front of the gaming machine by pushing the game board from the back side of the game board. A gaming machine according to A8 or A9, comprising a pusher 420 and a coil spring 430) of the locking device 400.

  According to the feature A10, improvement in the positioning accuracy of the game board can be expected. For example, by adopting a fixed first contact portion on the rotation base end side of the game board and adopting a movable second contact portion on the rotation front end side of the game board, The work space can be used effectively to facilitate the mounting and dismounting of the game board.

Feature A11. The first urging means is formed so as to be able to urge the game board in the process of turning the game board.
The second biasing means is configured to bias the game board based on switching from the non-contact state to the contact state of the second contact portion. The gaming machine described in 1.

  According to the feature A11, it is possible to suppress variation in operation when the game board is rotated by urging the rotating game board by the first urging means. For example, the game board is caught by the support frame. It is possible to make it difficult for the inconvenience that the rotation operation is hindered. Further, the second biasing means arranged on the rotation tip side of the game board biases the game board by switching the second contact portion to the above-mentioned contact state after the game board is placed at the mounting completion position. Will be. Therefore, even if the urging force of the second urging means is increased to improve the position accuracy, the game board mounting operation is not easily hindered. That is, it is possible to contribute to both ease of work and positioning accuracy.

Feature B1. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
A support frame (inner frame 13) for supporting the game board;
In the gaming machine in which the gaming board can be attached to the support frame from the front of the gaming machine,
A contact portion (for example, a stopper 267 or an operation portion 446 of the lock device 400) provided on the support frame and contacting the front surface of the game board;
Urging means (for example, a leaf spring 270 and a coil spring 430) provided on the support frame and urging the game board toward the front of the game machine by pushing the game board from the back side of the game board;
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the abutting portion and the urging means are respectively disposed at a position on one end side of the game board and a position on the other end side of the game board in the support frame.

  According to the feature B1, the game board can be attached from the front (ie, the front side) of the support frame, so that the game board can be attached and detached compared to the case where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame. Can be facilitated. However, in the configuration in which the game board is mounted from the front of the support frame in this way, the positional accuracy in the game board mounting direction (front-rear direction) on the front of the game board is improved compared to the configuration in which the game board is mounted from the back side of the support frame. It is assumed that it will be difficult.

  In this respect, in this feature, the front and back positions of the game board can be defined by pushing the game board forward of the game machine by the urging means and preventing the movement of the game board by the contact portion. In particular, by disposing these contact portions and urging means on both ends of the game board, it is easy to suppress the game board from being tilted or rotated by the urging force. This can contribute to improving the positional accuracy of the game board (specifically, the front face thereof).

  In this feature, the urging means and the abutting portion on one end side are arranged so as to prevent rotation of the game board around the abutting portion due to the urging force of the urging means. It is desirable. For example, the abutting portion may be disposed in front of the urging means or on both sides of the urging means. Similarly, the urging means and the abutting portion on the other end side may be arranged so as to prevent rotation of the game board around the abutting portion due to the urging force of the urging means. desirable.

Feature B2. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed on the front side and a collection path (collection path of the base member 141) for collecting game balls that have passed through the game area is provided on the back side. )When,
A support frame (inner frame 13) for supporting the game board;
The gaming board is allowed to be attached to the support frame from the front of the gaming machine, and is arranged in a state where the collection passage is exposed to the rear of the support frame through an opening formed in the support frame. Game machines
A contact portion (for example, a stopper 267 or an operation portion 446 of the lock device 400) provided on the support frame and contacting the front surface of the game board;
Urging means (for example, a leaf spring 270 and a coil spring 430) provided on the support frame and urging the game board toward the front of the game machine by pushing the game board from the back side of the game board;
The gaming machine, wherein the contact portion and the urging means are respectively disposed on both sides of the opening in the support frame.

  According to the feature B2, the game board can be attached from the front (ie, front side) of the support frame, so that the game board can be attached compared to the case where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame. Can be facilitated. However, in the configuration in which the game board is mounted from the front of the support frame in this way, the positional accuracy in the game board mounting direction (front-rear direction) on the front of the game board is improved compared to the configuration in which the game board is mounted from the back side of the support frame. It is assumed that it will be difficult.

  In this respect, in this feature, the front and back positions of the game board can be defined by pushing the game board forward of the game machine by the urging means and preventing the movement of the game board by the contact portion. In particular, by arranging these abutting portions and biasing means on both sides of the opening, it is possible to prevent the game board from being tilted or rotated by the biasing force. Can contribute to improving the positional accuracy of

  In this feature, the biasing means and the contact portion located on one side of the opening can be prevented from rotating the game board around the contact portion by the biasing force of the biasing means. It is desirable to arrange so that. For example, the abutting portion may be disposed in front of the urging means or on both sides of the urging means. Similarly, with respect to the biasing means and the abutting portion located on the opposite side across the opening, it is possible to prevent rotation of the game board around the abutting portion due to the biasing force of the biasing means. It is desirable to arrange so that.

  Feature B3. The gaming machine according to B1 or B2, wherein the abutting portion and the biasing means are arranged along a peripheral edge of the game board.

  By disposing the abutting portion and the biasing means along the periphery of the game board as shown in the feature B3, it is possible to improve the position accuracy of the game board in a wide range.

  In particular, when the game area is provided on the front side of the game board and the collection path is provided on the back side as shown in the feature B2, the game area, the collection path, the contact portion, and the biasing means preferably coexist. Can be made.

Feature B4. A door body (front door frame 14) covering the game board from the front is supported by the support frame so as to be openable and closable.
The door body is provided with a panel member (glass 22) which is located in front of the gaming area and has transparency, and is formed so that the gaming area can be visually recognized.
The gaming area is provided with gaming parts (such as a center frame 95) that protrude from the gaming board toward the panel member and face the panel member with a gap smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball. ,
The contact portion and the biasing means allow the game board to be displaced toward the biasing means in a state where the game board is in contact with the contact portion. The gaming machine according to any one of B1 to B3.

  According to the feature B4, the movement of the game ball moving in the game area can be visually recognized through the panel member of the door body. By providing a gap between the panel member and the game component, the inconvenience that the game ball collides with the panel member is less likely to occur. In a gaming machine in which the door can be opened and closed, the game area can be accessed by opening the door when the movement of the game ball is delayed in the game area. By opening the door body in this way, it is possible to perform a work of solving a clogged game ball or the like. When closing the door after the work, if the game ball is sandwiched between the game component and the panel member, the game component and the panel member may be affected by an impact when the game component and the panel member interfere through the game ball. Deformation and the like may occur.

  In this regard, this feature allows a backward displacement of the game board. Thereby, when a game ball is sandwiched between the game component and the panel member, the impact can be weakened by displacing the game board (game component) against the urging force of the urging means. Therefore, a deformation | transformation etc. of a game component or a panel member can be suppressed suitably. That is, it is possible to protect game parts and the like. In particular, by arranging the abutting portions and the biasing means at both ends of the game board, it is possible to improve the positioning function and further to enjoy the protection function of the game parts in a wide area of the game board. It is possible to cope with the increase in the size of the game and the diversification of the arrangement of the game parts.

  Feature B5. The game component according to B4, wherein the game component is disposed between the biasing means located on one end side of the game board and the biasing means located on the other end side of the game board. Gaming machine.

  By arranging the biasing means on both sides of the game part as shown in the feature B5, further improvement of the protection function of the game part and the panel member shown in the feature B4 can be expected. In particular, in combination with the feature B3 (a configuration in which the abutting portion and the urging means are arranged along the periphery of the game board), the protection function is provided while coexisting with the game area (game parts), the collection passage, and the like. It can be enjoyed and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature B6. A game ball launching device (game ball launching mechanism 110) that is provided on the support frame and disposed below the game board and launches a game ball,
The game ball launching device has a launch rail that defines the launch direction of the game ball (the launch rail 112),
The game board is provided with a guide rail (guide rail 100) that stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game ball launched from the game ball launcher to the game area,
The entrance portion (entrance portion 104) of the guide rail is arranged near the lower end of the game board,
The gaming machine according to any one of B1 to B5, wherein the contact portion and the urging means are arranged near a lower end of the game board.

  In the configuration in which the game ball launched from the game ball launcher is guided to the game area by the guide rail, the impact generated on the guide rail at the time of landing of the game ball is large due to variations in the landing position of the game ball on the guide rail. Can be. Such an increase in impact is not preferable because, for example, the guide rail may be distorted and the smooth guidance of the game ball may be impaired. In this regard, as shown in this feature, by positioning the entrance portion of the guide rail near the lower end of the game board, and the contact portion and the biasing means are also located near the lower end of the game board, the position accuracy of the entrance portion is increased. Can be improved. Thereby, the dispersion | variation in the landing position mentioned above can be suppressed, and a practically preferable structure can be implement | achieved.

  Feature B7. The gaming machine according to B6, wherein the contact portion and the urging means are respectively disposed on both sides of the entrance portion of the guide rail in the width direction of the game board.

  According to the feature B7, the position accuracy of the game board can be further improved at the entrance portion of the guide rail, and the effect shown in the feature B6 can be made more remarkable.

Feature B8. A door body (front door frame 14) that is rotatably supported by the support frame and covers the game board from the front,
The contact portion is
A first contact portion (for example, a stopper 267) provided on the same side of the support frame as the side on which the door body is supported and fixed to the support frame;
The support frame is provided on the side opposite to the side on which the door body is supported, and can be switched between a state of contacting the front surface of the game board and a state of not contacting the front surface of the game board. A second contact portion (for example, the operation portion 446 of the lock device 400),
The game board includes an insertion portion (insertion portion 92) that is open to a front surface and a rear surface of the game board and allows the second contact portion to be inserted when the second contact portion is not in contact. Etc.) are formed,
The biasing means is
A first biasing means (for example, a leaf spring 270) provided on the same side as the side on which the door body is supported in the support frame;
Second biasing means (for example, coil spring 430) provided on the opposite side of the support frame from the side on which the door body is supported;
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated around the inserted portion while being inserted between the first contact portion and the first biasing means. The gaming machine according to any one of B1 to B7, wherein:

  When the door frame is provided on the support frame as shown in the feature B8, it is assumed that it is difficult to push the game board straight from the front of the gaming machine with the door body opened. In particular, when a gaming machine is installed in an island facility in a gaming hall, it is likely that it is difficult to secure a work space and secure a mounting track when installing the game board on the rotating base end side of the door body. It is done. In this regard, according to this feature, the game board can be placed at the attachment completion position by inserting the game board between the first contact portion and the first biasing means and then rotating the game board with respect to the support frame. Therefore, it is not necessary to secure a work space on the rotation base end side, and the above-described inconveniences can be suitably wiped off.

  On the other hand, if the abutting portion is fixed on the rotating front end side of the game board as in the case of the rotating base end side, the abutting portion may interfere with the placement work of the game board. In this respect, the second abutting portion can be switched between a state in which the second abutting portion abuts on the front surface of the game board and a state in which the second abutting portion does not abut on the front surface of the gaming board. By forming the insertion portion to be formed on the game board, the above-described inconvenience in the arrangement work is eliminated. And after arrange | positioning a game board in an attachment completion position, the position by the rotation front end side is made by switching from the state which does not contact a 2nd contact part to the state contact | abutted. Since it is easier to secure a work space on the rotating front end side of the game board than on the rotating front end side, the above-described contact portion switching operation can be easily performed.

  As described above in detail, the first abutting portion on the rotating base end side is fixed, and the second abutting portion on the rotating distal end side is movable, thereby facilitating work and practically. A preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature B9. The first urging means is formed so as to be able to urge the game board in the process of turning the game board.
The second biasing means is configured to bias the game board based on switching from the non-contact state to the contact state of the second contact portion. The gaming machine described in 1.

  According to the feature B9, operation variation when the game board is rotated can be suppressed by urging the rotating game board by the first urging means. For example, the game board is caught by the support frame. It is possible to make it difficult for the inconvenience that the turning operation of the game board is hindered. Further, the second urging means urges the game board by performing a switching operation to the state where the second contact portion abuts after the game board is arranged at the mounting completion position. Therefore, even if the urging force of the second urging means is increased to improve the position accuracy, the game board mounting operation is not easily hindered. That is, it is possible to contribute to both ease of work and positioning accuracy.

  Feature B10. The first contact portion is disposed at a position closer to a rotation base end side of the game board than a portion of the first biasing means that contacts the back surface of the game board. A gaming machine according to B9.

  In the configuration in which the game board is inserted between the first abutment portion and the first biasing means as shown in the feature B8, etc., if the insertion angle of the game board is reduced, the game board is moved relative to the support frame. There is concern that it will be caught easily. In this respect, in this feature, the first abutting portion is disposed on the rotation base end side of the game board with respect to the portion of the first urging means that abuts on the back surface of the game board. The mouth can be directed to the front side of the gaming machine. Thereby, the said insertion angle can be enlarged and it can contribute to the simplification of insertion work.

  In addition, when a configuration in which the gaming board is urged forward of the gaming machine is employed, positioning accuracy can be improved by setting the urging force to be somewhat strong. However, if the urging force is increased, it is difficult to attach the game board. In this regard, according to this feature, when the biasing force is increased by disposing the first contact portion and the contact portion of the first biasing means in a shifted manner, the biasing force is inserted when the game board is inserted. Therefore, it is possible to suitably achieve both improvement in positioning accuracy and ease of insertion work.

Feature B11. The second abutting portion extends in a predetermined direction along the front surface of the game board, and in a state where the second abutting portion is not in contact, the longitudinal direction of the second abutting portion is a rotation tip from the rotation base end side of the game board. It is attached to the support frame so as to be able to turn in a direction different from that in the state of facing toward the side,
The insertion portion extends from the rotation base end side of the game board to the rotation tip end side, and allows passage of the second contact portion in the non-contact state and the second in the contact state. The gaming machine according to any one of B8 to B10, wherein the gaming machine is formed so as to prevent passage of the contact portion.

  In the configuration shown in the feature B8 or the like, if the opening portion of the insertion portion is enlarged to avoid interference between the game board and the second contact portion when the game board is rotated, the second contact portion and the game board It will be difficult to secure the allowance. In particular, when the second abutting portion is a pivoting type, if the distance from the pivoting center to the hooking portion is increased, it becomes difficult to press the game board, and the game board is changed by the biasing force of the second biasing means. The positioning accuracy may be reduced.

  In this regard, according to this feature, it is not necessary to unnecessarily increase the size of the open portion of the insertion portion relative to the second contact portion, and the allowance between the second contact portion and the game board is secured. It can be done easily. Furthermore, the distance from the rotation center of the second contact portion to the hooking portion can be reduced. This suppresses deformation of the second contact portion. Contributes to improved positioning accuracy.

Feature B12. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
A support frame (inner frame 13) for supporting the game board;
In the gaming machine in which the gaming board can be attached to the support frame from the front of the gaming machine,
The support frame is provided with a plurality of support mechanisms (for example, a lock device 400) for supporting the game board,
The support mechanism is
A contact portion (for example, a stopper 267 or an operation portion 446 of the lock device 400) that contacts the front surface of the game board;
A gaming machine comprising biasing portions (for example, a leaf spring 270 and a coil spring 430) for biasing the gaming board from the back side of the gaming board toward the front of the gaming machine.

  According to feature B12, the game board can be attached from the front (ie, the front side) of the support frame, so that the game board can be attached and detached compared to the case where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame. Can be facilitated. However, in the configuration in which the game board is mounted from the front of the support frame in this way, the positional accuracy in the game board mounting direction (front-rear direction) on the front of the game board is improved compared to the configuration in which the game board is mounted from the back side of the support frame. It is assumed that it will be difficult.

  In this respect, in this feature, the front and back positions of the game board can be defined by pushing the game board forward of the game machine by the urging means and preventing the movement of the game board by the contact portion. For example, by disposing the support mechanism on both ends of the game board, the game board can be prevented from being tilted or rotated by the biasing force. This can contribute to improving the positional accuracy of the game board (specifically, the front face thereof).

  The technical idea shown in the features B2 to B11 can be applied to this feature. In particular, in the combination with the features B8 to B11, the first support mechanism is constituted by the first contact portion and the first biasing means, and the second support mechanism is constituted by the second contact portion and the second biasing means. Good.

Feature C1. A game part (game board 80) that can be attached to and detached from the attachment target (inner frame 13);
Positioning means (lock device 400) provided on the attachment target and positioning the gaming component,
The positioning means includes
An operation unit (an operation unit 446 of the operation lever 440) provided on one side of the gaming component and capable of switching between a positioning state for positioning the gaming component and a positioning release state for canceling positioning of the gaming component;
A presser portion (pusher 420) provided on the other side of the gaming component and configured to press the gaming component toward the operation portion side when the operation portion is switched from the positioning release state to the positioning state. ,
In the positioning state, movement of the gaming component toward the operation portion is restricted by the gaming component pressed by the pressing portion coming into contact with the operation portion from the pressing portion side. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature C1, by switching the operation unit from the positioning release state to the positioning state, the game component is sandwiched between the operation unit and the presser unit. At this time, the game component is not pushed toward the presser part by the operation part, but is pushed toward the operation part side by the presser part. Thereby, the game part can be positioned with reference to the operation part, specifically, a part in contact with the game part in the operation part.

  Feature C2. The gaming machine according to C1, wherein the presser portion approaches the operation portion based on the operation portion being switched from the positioning release state to the positioning state.

  In order to suppress misalignment or the like of game parts, it is desirable to increase the presser force by the presser part to some extent. However, if this pressing force acts in the initial stage of switching operation parts, it is assumed that switching operation of the same operation part becomes difficult because the operation part and game parts can be used. In this regard, according to this feature, by adopting a configuration in which the presser unit approaches the operation unit by switching operation of the operation unit, for example, when the operation unit is in a positioning release state, the presser unit and the operation unit It is possible to provide a gap that allows movement of game parts and positional variations between them. Thereby, it can suppress that switching operation of an operation part becomes difficult by the pressing force of a press part. For example, the presser part may be formed to be deformable or displaceable on the side approaching the operation part.

Feature C3. The presser part is in a state of being biased toward the operation part side,
When the operation unit is in the positioning release state, the displacement to the game component side by the biasing force is restricted, and when the operation unit is in the positioning state, the displacement to the game component side by the biasing force is restricted. The gaming machine according to C1 or C2, further comprising a restricting means (protrusions 422 of the pusher 420, stopping portions 442 and 443 of the operation lever 440, and a connecting portion 444).

  As shown in feature C3, the presser part is urged toward the operation part side, and the action of the urging force is restricted by the restricting means, thereby facilitating the attachment of the gaming parts and improving the positional accuracy of the gaming parts. And can be suitably achieved.

  For example, the urging state may be realized by providing an urging member that urges the pressing portion, or the urging state may be realized by the elastic force of the pressing portion itself.

Feature C4. The positioning means has a shaft portion (shaft body 410) extending in a standing state from the attachment target toward the game component,
The gaming part is formed with an insertion portion (insertion portion 92) through which the shaft portion is inserted,
The operation portion is formed so as to extend from the tip portion of the shaft portion in a direction intersecting with the shaft portion, and is allowed to rotate around the central axis of the shaft portion,
The insertion part extends in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the operation part in the positioning release state, and allows passage of the operation part,
When the operation unit is switched to the positioning state, the longitudinal direction of the operation unit is different from the longitudinal direction of the insertion unit, according to any one of C1 to C3, Gaming machine.

  When the operation unit and the game part come into contact with each other, the stress generated in the shaft portion becomes smaller as the contact portion between the two is closer to the shaft portion. In this feature, the insertion part has a long hole shape extending in the same direction as the operation part, thereby avoiding interference between the operation part and the game part when the game part is mounted, and at a position close to the shaft part. It becomes possible to contact the game board. Thereby, the said stress can be reduced and it can contribute to the improvement of positioning accuracy.

  For example, it can contribute to the further improvement of positioning accuracy by setting it as the structure which opposes one side of game components in the both sides which pinched | interposed the rotation center axis line of the operation part.

Feature C5. A game board (game board 80) having a game area (game area PE) formed on the front surface;
A support frame (inner frame 13) for supporting the game board;
Positioning means for defining the position of the game board (lock device 400),
A gaming machine capable of attaching the gaming board to the support frame from the front of the gaming machine,
In the game board, an insertion portion (insertion portion 92) penetrating in the thickness direction of the game board is formed,
The positioning means includes
Protruding to the front side of the game board through the insertion portion, facing the front surface of the game board and abutting against the front surface of the game board, it is impossible to move the game board forward of the gaming machine An operation unit (operation unit 446 of the operation lever 440) provided to be switchable between a positioning state and a positioning release state that allows the game board to move forward in the gaming machine;
A presser part (pusher 420) provided at the rear of the game board and pressing the back of the game board toward the operation part side when the operation part is switched from the positioning release state to the positioning state; A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the feature C5, by switching the operation part of the positioning means to the positioning state, the operation part is arranged at a position facing the front surface of the game board, and the game board is pushed toward the front of the gaming machine by the presser part. It becomes. Since the operation unit is located in front of the game board, the game board is pressed against the operation unit. Thereby, the front-rear position of the game board is defined.

  In this way, in the configuration in which the game board is mounted from the front, if the configuration is based on the front of the game board, the front of the game board (i.e. The position accuracy of the game area can be improved. Specifically, when positioning is based on the back side of the game board, the positional accuracy of the front side of the game board tends to be lowered due to the influence of manufacturing variations such as the thickness of the game board. In this regard, in this feature, such inconvenience can be suitably wiped off, which can contribute to the improvement of position accuracy.

  Note that the technical idea shown in the features C1 to C4 can be applied to this feature.

Feature C6. A door body (front door frame 14) that is rotatably supported by the support frame and covers the game board from the front;
The support frame is provided on the same side as the side on which the door body is supported, and is open to the side opposite to the side on which the door body is supported, and the door body is supported. An insertion portion (insertion portion 280) into which the game board is inserted from the side opposite to the side,
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated around the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion.
The positioning means is provided on the support frame, and is disposed on the opposite side of the support frame from the side on which the insertion portion is provided.
The gaming machine according to C5, wherein the insertion part allows passage of the operation part in the process of rotating the game board to the attachment completion position.

  According to the feature C6, the positioning means is provided in the support frame. For example, in a gaming machine of a type in which the model is changed by exchanging the game board, the positioning means can be reused between models. It can contribute to the improvement of the rate. Furthermore, by providing the positioning means on the support frame, it is possible to suppress variations in positioning accuracy for each game board.

  Further, when a door body is provided on the support frame, it may be difficult to attach the game board by pushing it straight from the front of the gaming machine with the door body opened. In particular, when a gaming machine is installed in an island facility in a gaming hall, it is assumed that it is difficult to secure a work space and a mounting track when installing a game board on the rotating base end side of the door body. Is done. In this regard, according to the present feature, after the game board is inserted into the insertion portion, the game board can be arranged at the attachment completion position by rotating with respect to the support frame, so that the above-described inconveniences can be suitably eliminated. Can do.

  However, if the positioning means is disposed on the rotation base end side (that is, the insertion part side) of the door body, the positioning means may be easily caught when the game board is inserted, or the operation part may be difficult to operate. obtain. Therefore, in this feature, the positioning means is disposed on the opposite side of the support frame from the side where the insertion portion is provided. Thereby, it is suppressed that the positioning means obstructs the work of mounting the game board.

  Feature C7. The insertion part is located in front of the game board and comes into contact with the front surface of the game board (stopper 267), and the biasing part is located behind the game board and urges the game board forward. (The leaf spring 270), The gaming machine according to C6, characterized in that it has.

  According to the feature C7, the game board can be positioned on both sides of the rotation front end side and the rotation base end side, which can contribute to improvement of the positioning accuracy of the game board.

  In particular, in a configuration in which the game board is rotated and detached, it is difficult to place the positioning means near the insertion portion. That is, since the insertion track to the insertion portion is easily limited by the operation portion or the like, it is difficult to arrange the positioning means on the rotation base end side if priority is given to the ease of the game board mounting operation. In addition, if the fixed contact portion and the biasing portion are arranged on the rotation tip side, it is difficult to make the contact portion contact the game board.

  In this respect, if the fixed urging portion and the abutting portion are arranged on the rotation base end side and the movable positioning means is arranged on the rotation tip end side, the above-mentioned various disadvantages are eliminated, which is practically preferable. The configuration can be realized.

Feature C8. The positioning means is provided with a shaft portion (shaft body 410) that stands up from the support frame toward the game board and extends along the insertion portion,
The operation portion is formed so as to extend from a tip portion protruding from the insertion portion in the shaft portion in a direction intersecting the shaft portion, and in the positioning released state, the operation portion has a longitudinal direction. Is turned from the rotation base end side of the game board to the rotation front end side, and in the positioning release state, rotation about the central axis of the shaft portion is allowed to face in a different direction,
The insertion portion extends from the rotation proximal end side of the game board to the rotation distal end side, and is formed to allow passage of the operation portion in the positioning release state. C6 or C7 The gaming machine described in 1.

  In the configuration shown in the features C6 and C7, if the open portion of the insertion portion is enlarged to avoid interference between the game board and the positioning means when the game board is rotated, the operation part and the game board are hooked. It becomes difficult to secure the bill. In particular, when the positioning means is a rotary type, if the distance from the center of rotation to the hooked portion increases, it becomes difficult to press the game board, and the positioning accuracy of the game board lowers due to the pressing force of the presser part. obtain.

  In this regard, according to the present feature, the size of the open portion of the insertion portion does not need to be increased with respect to the operation portion, and the allowance between the operation portion and the game board can be easily secured. Furthermore, the distance from the rotation center of the operation unit to the hooking portion can be reduced. This suppresses deformation of the operation unit (specifically, positioning means). Contributes to improved positioning accuracy.

Feature C9. A door body (front door frame 14) that covers the game board from the front is rotatably supported by the support frame,
The door body is provided with a panel member (glass 22) that is positioned in front of the gaming area and has transparency, and is formed so that the gaming area is visible.
In the support frame, the frame portion (left frame portion 13c) on the rotation base end side of the door body has a shaft portion (support metal fittings 71 and 72) that pivotally supports the door body, and a position facing the game board. The gaming machine according to any one of C5 to C8, further comprising an installation portion (opposing plate portion 251) that extends to the positioning means and is provided with the positioning means.

  In the configuration in which the game board (specifically, the game area) is covered by the door body, when the positions of the door body and the game board vary, for example, the game ball moving in the game area due to the panel member and the game board approaching each other. It is assumed that it will be easy to hit a panel member. In this respect, in this feature, by providing the shaft portion and the installation portion in the frame portion on the rotation base end side of the door body in the support frame, it is possible to make it difficult for position variation between the door body and the game board to occur. . Thereby, it is possible to easily avoid the collision of the game ball with the panel member.

  In combination with the feature C7 or the like (configuration having a contact part and a frame part), the contact part is provided in the frame part of the support frame, and the urging part is provided in the installation part. Further improvement in position accuracy can be expected.

Feature C10. A game ball launching device (game ball launching mechanism 110) that is provided on the support frame and disposed below the game board and launches a game ball into the game area,
The gaming machine according to any one of C5 to C9, wherein the positioning means is disposed near a lower end of the gaming board.

  According to the feature C10, it is possible to improve the position accuracy of the game board at least in the vicinity of the end on the game ball launching device side. Thereby, for example, variations in the landing position of the game ball can be easily suppressed. For example, a plurality of positioning means may be arranged along the lower edge of the game board.

Feature C11. The game board is provided with a guide rail (guide rail 100) that stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game ball launched from the game ball launcher to the game area,
The entrance portion of the guide rail is arranged near the lower end of the game board,
The gaming machine according to C10, wherein the positioning means is disposed at least around the entrance portion (entrance portion 104).

  In the configuration in which the game ball launched from the game ball launcher is guided to the game area by the guide rail, the impact generated on the guide rail at the time of landing of the game ball is large due to variations in the landing position of the game ball on the guide rail. Can be. Such an increase in impact is not preferable because, for example, the guide rail may be distorted and the smooth guidance of the game ball may be impaired. In this regard, as shown in this feature, by arranging the positioning means around the entrance portion of the guiding means, the variation in the landing position can be suppressed, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Feature C12. The gaming machine according to C11, wherein the positioning means are arranged on both the left and right sides of the entrance portion of the guide rail.

  According to the feature C12, the position accuracy of the game board can be further improved at the entrance portion of the guide rail, and the effect shown in the feature C11 can be made more remarkable.

Feature C13. A door body (front door frame 14) that is rotatably supported by the support frame and covers the game board from the front;
The support frame is provided on the same side as the side on which the door body is supported, and is open to the side opposite to the side on which the door body is supported, and the door body is supported. An insertion portion (insertion portion 280) into which the game board is inserted from the side opposite to the side,
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated around the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion.
A storage tray (an upper plate 33 or a lower plate 34) provided on the door body and storing game balls;
An opening portion (lower notch portion 88) formed in a portion of the game board that is on the rotation base end side of the entrance portion and opened to the rotation base end side of the game board;
A guide passage portion (passage forming portion 121 or the like) that is provided over the support frame and the door body through the opening portion and is disposed higher than the storage tray and guides the game ball to the storage tray. Prepared,
The gaming machine according to C12, wherein the insertion part is continuous with the opening part and is open to a rotation base end side of the game board.

  When the positioning means is arranged on both sides of the entrance part as shown in the feature C12, the game board to the insertion part is located by one of the positioning means located closer to the rotation base end side than the entrance part. There is a concern that the insertion of this is likely to be hindered. In particular, such an inconvenience is assumed to be remarkable when the entrance portion is arranged at the center in the width direction of the game board.

  In addition, since the guide passage is positioned higher than the storage tray, the game balls can be moved by utilizing their own weights when guiding the game balls to the storage tray. However, in recent years, game areas tend to be expanded, and this tends to limit the arrangement of the guide passages. That is, there is a concern that the guide passage is pushed downward due to the expansion of the game area (game board). This can be a factor that makes it difficult to guide the game ball to the storage tray.

  In this respect, in this feature, the guide passage and the game board can coexist by providing an open portion in the game board. That is, it is possible to arrange the position of the guide passage higher than the storage tray while expanding the game area. Further, an insertion portion for positioning means on the rotation base end side is formed so as to be connected to the opening portion, and the insertion portion is opened to the rotation base end side, so that the same positioning when inserting the game board is performed. Interference between the means and the insertion portion can be avoided. Thereby, it is possible to suitably realize the arrangement of the guide passage and the expansion of the game area, and it is possible to preferably achieve both the improvement of the positioning accuracy and the ease of the game board insertion work.

  For example, the opening portion may be configured by a notch opened to the rotation base end side and the lower side at the lower corner portion of the rotation base end side of the game board.

  Note that the “door body” and the “insertion portion” shown in this feature may be the same as the “door body” and the “insertion portion” shown in the feature C6 and the like.

  Feature C14. The game machine according to any one of C5 to C13, wherein the operation unit and the presser unit are opposed to each other with the game board interposed therebetween.

  According to the feature C17, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the positioning accuracy of the game board by sandwiching the game board between the operation unit and the holding unit.

  Feature C15. The presser part can be switched from a state where the game board is pushed from the back side of the game board to a state where the game board is not pushed when the operation part is switched from the positioning release state to the positioning state. The gaming machine according to any one of C5 to C14, which is characterized in that:

  According to the feature C15, the game board can be removed by switching the operation unit to the positioning release state. At this time, since the game board is prevented from being pressed by the press part by operating the operation part, it is possible to prevent the game board from being pushed and moved by the press part after the positioning is released. As a result, for example, it is possible to make it difficult for a hand or the like operating the operation unit to interfere with the game board.

  Feature C16. The pressing portion is switched between a state in which the game board is pressed from the back side of the game board and a state in which the game board is not pressed in a state where the operation unit faces the front surface of the game board. The gaming machine according to any one of C5 to C15, wherein the gaming machine is a thing.

  According to the feature C16, in a state where the operation unit faces the game board, switching between a state in which the game board is pressed and a state in which the game board is not pressed is performed. As a result, the resistance when the game board is mounted can be suppressed, and further, when removing the game board, the game board is pushed by the presser part and unexpectedly moves and interferes with the hand etc. it can.

Feature D1. A game board (game board 80) having a game area (game area PE) formed on the front side;
In a gaming machine in which the gaming board is attached from the front of the gaming machine to a support frame (inner frame 13) that detachably supports the gaming board,
A game area partition member (game area partition member 480) that is fixed to the game board in a state of protruding from the front surface of the game board and that partitions the game area;
A gaming machine comprising a grip portion (grip portions 481, 482) provided in a portion of the game area partition member outside the game region and gripped from the front side of the game board.

  When the configuration in which the game board is attached / detached from the front of the support frame is adopted, it is assumed that the following disadvantages are likely to occur, while the attachment / detachment of the game board can be facilitated. That is, various configurations such as nails and variable display devices arranged in the game area of the game board face the operator side, so that these various configurations are compared with the configuration in which the game board is detached from the back side of the support frame. It becomes easy to be selected as an object to be gripped when the game board is attached or detached. Holding the configuration in the game area is not preferable because it may cause an unintended change in game play.

  In this regard, according to this feature, various components such as nails arranged in the game area are selected as objects to be gripped by providing a part that can be gripped both when mounted and removed outside the game area. Can reduce the chance of being played. In other words, it is possible to suppress gripping of various components arranged in the game area, and it is possible to suppress a change in gameability or the like due to the game board attaching / detaching operation.

Feature D2. An insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side of the game board is inserted
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated around the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion.
The gaming machine according to D1, wherein the gripping part is arranged on a rotating front end side of the gaming board.

  Simply providing a gripping portion for the game board does not necessarily mean that an operator will actively use the gripping portion. In this regard, according to this feature, it becomes clear that the game board can be easily attached by utilizing the gripping portion, and the merit by utilizing the gripping portion is further enhanced, thereby The use of the gripping part can be promoted.

  For example, when the game board is mounted, the game board is lifted while holding the holding part of the game board placed on the floor or the like, and the game board is inserted into the insertion part of the support frame. Since the grip portion is arranged on the rotation tip side of the game board, the game board can be easily rotated without requiring the game board to be changed. For this reason, compared with the case where the holding | gripping part is arrange | positioned at the rotation base end side of a game board, it becomes easy to perform the rotation operation | work of a game board. As described above, by increasing the merit of using the gripping portion, it is possible to reduce the chance that various configurations in the game area are gripped.

Feature D3. A door body (front door frame 14) that is rotatably supported by the support frame and covers the game board from the front,
The insertion portion is provided on the same side of the support frame as the side on which the door body is supported, and is open on the opposite side of the support frame from the side on which the door body is supported. The game board is inserted from the opened side,
The gaming machine according to D2, wherein the grip portion is provided on the opposite side of the gaming board from the side inserted into the insertion portion.

  In the configuration in which the game board (specifically, the game area) is covered from the front of the gaming machine by the door body, it is assumed that it is difficult to perform the operation because the door body is obstructed by the door body. By applying the feature D2 to such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate the above disadvantages and realize a practically preferable configuration.

  Specifically, the mounting operation is performed by inserting the game board into the insertion portion provided on the rotation base end side of the door body and rotating the game board. Since the grip portion is provided on the opposite side of the game board from the side where it is inserted into the insertion section (that is, the rotation front end side of the game board), it is easy to secure the work space. For example, in a game hall island facility, etc., the range of rotation of the door body is likely to be limited by adjacent gaming machines, etc., but even in such a case, interference with the door body is avoided and the above work is performed. Space can be secured easily.

  Similarly, when the game board is removed, it is possible to avoid interference with the door and easily secure a work space for moving the game board. In this way, by arranging the gripping portion at a position where the game board can be easily attached and detached, the utilization of the gripping portion is promoted and the possibility that various configurations arranged in the game area are gripped is reduced. Can do.

  Feature D4. The game board is provided on the rotation base end side of the game board with respect to the game area partition member, partitions the game area together with the game area partition member, and fires from a game ball launching device (game ball launching mechanism 110). The gaming machine according to D2 or D3, further comprising a guide rail (guide rail 100) for guiding the played game ball to the game area.

  According to the feature D4, the game ball launched from the game ball launching device is guided to the game area by the guide rail after landing on the guide rail. In the guide rail, the guidance mode of the game ball by the guide rail may change depending on the landing position and angle of the game ball. That is, since the position of the guide rail varies and the landing position accuracy of the game balls decreases, there is a risk that smooth guidance of the game balls may be hindered. Therefore, in this feature, by providing the guide rail and the game area partitioning member separately, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the positional accuracy of the guide rail due to a load generated when the grip portion is gripped. Further, in the configuration in which the game board is rotated after being inserted into the insertion portion, the guide rail is disposed on the pivot base end side with respect to the game area partition member, that is, the game area partition member is disposed on the pivot tip side with respect to the guide rail. Therefore, it contributes to the easy rotation of the game board.

  The guide rail is assumed to be more easily selected as a gripping object than the various configurations arranged in the game area, but the guide rail is gripped from the viewpoint of improving the landing position accuracy of the game ball described above. That is not preferable. In this regard, in particular, in combination with the feature D3 (configuration having a door), access to the grip portion can be facilitated as compared with the guide rail. In other words, the possibility that the guide rail is selected as a gripping object can be reduced. Thereby, a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature D5. The grip portion includes a first grip portion (first grip portion 481) and a second grip portion (second grip portion 482) provided individually,
The first gripping part is disposed near the end opposite to the side inserted into the insertion part in the game board,
The game according to any one of D2 to D4, wherein the second gripping portion is disposed near an end portion extending from the rotation base end side to the rotation front end side of the game board. Machine.

  According to the feature D5, by providing the first gripping part and the second gripping part individually, it is possible to further reduce the chance that the various components arranged in the game area can be touched. For example, game boards often include a large number of nails (nails 87), a display device (variable display unit 85), etc. as the above-mentioned various configurations, and the weight tends to increase. When the weight is increased in this way, if only one gripping part is set, the operator grips an arbitrary part of the game board with a hand opposite to the hand holding the grip part when supporting the game board. It is assumed. In this regard, if the first grip portion and the second grip portion are set in advance, such opportunities can be reduced.

  In particular, the first gripping portion is disposed near the end opposite to the side inserted into the insertion portion in the game board, and the second gripping portion is an end extending from the rotation base end side to the rotation tip end side in the game board. Arranging closer to the part makes it easier to support the weight of the game board, while suppressing the crossing of both hands when holding the game board. Thereby, it is possible to reduce the possibility that various components in the game area are actively held by the worker for the purpose of facilitating the work.

Feature D6. The first grip portion is disposed on an upper end side of the game board,
The gaming machine according to D5, wherein the second gripping portion is disposed on a lower end side of the gaming board.

  In order to realize the configuration shown in the feature D5, as shown in this feature, the first gripping portion may be disposed on the upper end side of the game board and the second gripping portion may be disposed on the lower end side of the game board. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the arm holding the game board from being positioned in front of the game area, and to reduce the inconvenience of the arm hitting various game components arranged in the game area. In addition, by disposing both gripping portions apart from each other, it is possible to contribute to improving the balance when the game board is gripped.

Feature D7. The game area partition member is
The game area partition member is provided at a portion facing the game area side, and when a game ball launched along the guide rail (guide rail 100) of the game board collides, the impact generated by the collision is reduced. A part that absorbs a part and bounces back the game ball (return rubber 490) is provided.
The return portion and the first gripping portion are arranged side by side inside and outside the game region with the return portion inside the game region and the first grip portion outside the game region. Or the game machine as described in D6.

  In the state where the game board is lifted, it is assumed that the load due to the weight of the game board tends to concentrate on the gripping part (game area partition member). In such a portion where the load tends to concentrate, the strength that can withstand the load is required. In this regard, according to this feature, the return portion and the first gripping portion are arranged in parallel inside and outside the game area, that is, in a portion where securing of strength is originally required (a portion where the return portion is provided). By providing the first grip portions close to each other, it is possible to consolidate the places where the strength should be ensured and to suppress the spread of the area necessary for securing the strength. Accordingly, it is possible to make it difficult for the game area to be compressed by the game area partition member.

  In combination with the feature D4 or the like (configuration having a guide rail), the “guide rail” shown in this feature may be the same as the “guide rail” such as the feature D4.

  Incidentally, the technical idea shown in this feature can be applied to the features D1 to D4 and the like. In this case, this feature is changed, and “the game area partition member is provided in a part of the game area partition member facing the game area side, and a game ball launched along the guide rail collides. And a part for returning the game ball to rebound (return rubber 490), and the return part and the gripping part have the same return part inside the game area. The gaming machine according to any one of D1 to D4, characterized in that a gripping portion is provided outside and inside the gaming area and arranged inside and outside the gaming area.

Feature D8. A first fixing means (screw 491) for fixing the game area partition member to the game board;
The gaming machine according to D7, wherein the first fixing means is disposed between the return portion and the first gripping portion.

  According to the feature D8, by arranging the first fixing means between the return portion and the first gripping portion, the first fixing means can be used for securing the strength of the return portion and securing the strength of the first gripping portion. can do. Thereby, a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature D9. The guide rail (guide rail 100) provided on the game board guides the game ball flowing down the game area to a discharge port (out port 86) formed in the game board, and above the discharge port. Open to the rotation tip side of the game board,
The game area partition member covers an open portion of the guide rail,
Furthermore, the game area partition member has a facing portion (facing portion 485) facing the guide rail from below between the lower open end of the guide rail and the discharge port. ,
The gaming machine according to any one of D5 to D8, wherein the second gripping portion is disposed on the opposite side of the guide rail with respect to the facing portion.

  According to the feature D9, part of the game balls that have reached the game area enter, for example, the entrance (such as the general winning opening 81) in the process of flowing down the game area, but do not enter the entrance area. The game balls are guided to the discharge port by the guide rail. About this guide rail, it is open | released at the rotation front end side of a game board, and the intensity | strength in the open end and its periphery tends to become low compared with the other site | part in the guide rail. In addition, it is assumed that a load is easily applied to the guide rail due to the collision of the game balls flowing down the game area. If the guide rail is deformed, there is a concern that the smooth discharge of the game ball will be hindered.

  In this regard, in this feature, the game area partition member has a facing portion that faces the guide rail from below. That is, a part (opposing portion) of the game area partition member overlaps with the guide rail inside and outside. For example, when the guide rail comes into contact with the facing portion, it is possible to suppress the deformation and displacement of the guide rail, and the guidance function of the guide rail can be backed up, and the above-described inconveniences can be suitably eliminated.

  In combination with the feature D4 or the like (configuration having a guide rail), the “guide rail” shown in this feature may be the same as the “guide rail” such as the feature D4.

Feature D10. A second fixing means (screw 491) for fixing the game area partition member to the game board;
The gaming machine according to D9, wherein the second fixing means is disposed between the facing portion and the second gripping portion.

  According to the feature D10, by disposing the second fixing means between the facing portion and the second gripping portion, the second fixing means can be used both for backup of the guide rail and for securing the strength of the second gripping portion. be able to. Thereby, a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature D11. Provided with identification means (certificate 492) to which identification information unique to each gaming machine is given,
The game area partition member has an installation part (unit accommodation part 486) for installing the identification means;
The gaming machine according to D9 or D10, wherein the installation portion is arranged on the opposite side of the guide rail with respect to the facing portion.

  As shown in the feature D9, when the configuration in which the game area partition member has the facing portion is adopted, the above-described guide rail backup function is improved by improving the strength around the facing portion in the game area partition member. can do. In order to realize such an improvement in strength, it is conceivable as one method to increase the size of the game area partition member. In this respect, by providing the game area partition member with an installation portion for identifying means and making the installation portion and the opposing portion coexist, the occupied space of the game area partition member can be effectively used. That is, it is possible to improve the strength of the game area partition member and secure the installation part of the identification means (that is, to effectively use the space), and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Note that the game area partition member is a part that does not particularly need to be attached to or detached from the game board, so that the attachment thereof can be strengthened, or the attachment after the attachment can be disabled. By preventing the identification means from being removed by this game area partitioning member, unauthorized removal of the identification means can be suppressed, thereby contributing to improvement of crime prevention. For example, the space on the front side of the game board can be effectively used as compared with a configuration in which the identification means is mounted on the game board using a member different from the game area partition member. Considering the fact that a game area is formed on the front surface of the game board and the area outside the game area is limited, it is said that the technical contribution by providing the setting means for the identification means on the game area partition member is large. Conceivable.

Feature D12. A game ball launcher (game ball launching mechanism 110) that is provided below the game board and launches a game ball;
A gaming machine that guides a gaming ball launched from the gaming ball launching device to the gaming area by a guide rail of the gaming board,
A restricting means (lock device 400) provided outside the game area and disposed at a lower corner of the rotation front side of the game board for restricting removal of the game board from the support frame. Prepared,
The game area partition member extends vertically along the edge on the rotation tip side of the game board, and its lower end bypasses the restriction means from the game area side and lowers the lower end of the game board Has reached the department,
In any one of D5 to D11, the second gripping portion is disposed at a position that is on a rotation base end side of the game board with respect to the restriction means in the game area partition member. The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature D12, by controlling the removal of the game board by the restriction means arranged at the lower corner portion on the rotation base end side of the game board, it is preferable to shift the position on the lower end side of the game board. Can be suppressed. Thereby, the dispersion | variation in the landing position in the guide rail of the game ball launched from the game ball launching device can be suitably suppressed.

  In addition, in the configuration in which the game board is rotated and mounted, it is assumed that the positional variation and the like on the rotation front end side becomes conspicuous as compared with the rotation base end side. Therefore, it is preferable that the restricting means is arranged close to the end portion on the rotation base end side. In this feature, the second gripping portion can be easily moved closer to the rotation distal end side of the restriction means by disposing the second grip portion on the rotation base end side than the restriction means. Further, the second gripping portion is preferably arranged close to the peripheral edge (specifically, the lower edge) of the game board in consideration of easy access when the game board is attached / detached. That is, it is preferable that not only the restricting means but also the second gripping portion is arranged close to the lower end of the game board. In this regard, since the game area partition member extends around the restricting means, it is possible not only to bring the second gripping portion closer to the center of the game board but also to place it close to the lower edge of the game board. Is possible. Then, by arranging the second gripping portion at a position on the rotation base end side with respect to the regulating means, stability is improved in a state where the game board is lifted, and further on the lower end side of the game board. Arrangement facilitates access to the second gripping portion. Therefore, the 2nd holding part and a regulation means can be made to coexist suitably.

Feature D13. A game ball launcher (game ball launching mechanism 110) that is provided below the game board and launches a game ball;
A gaming machine that guides a gaming ball launched from the gaming ball launching device to the gaming area by a guide rail of the gaming board,
A regulation means (lock device 400) that is provided outside the game area, is disposed on a rotating front end side of the game board, and regulates removal of the game board from the support frame;
The guide rail entrance portion (entrance portion 104) and the restricting means are arranged along the lower edge of the game board so that the entrance portion is closer to the rotation base end side of the game board than the restricting means. Has been established,
The gaming machine according to any one of D5 to D11, wherein the second gripping portion is disposed between the restricting means and the inlet portion.

  According to the feature D13, variation in the position of the entrance portion of the guide rail can be suppressed by arranging the restricting means and the entrance portion of the guide rail along the lower edge of the game board. As a result, it is possible to contribute to suppressing variation in the landing position of the game ball on the guide rail, and to contribute to smooth guidance of the game ball.

  Further, by disposing the second gripping portion between the restricting means and the entrance portion of the guide rail, the game board is lifted while allowing the game ball to move from the game ball launching device to the guide rail. The balance maintaining function and the game board position shift suppressing function can be preferably improved, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Feature D14. One of the first gripping portion and the second gripping portion is open to the rotating front end side of the game board and is recessed from the rotating front end side to the rotating base end side. The gaming machine according to any one of D13.

  According to the feature D14, by inserting a finger into the grip portion (dented portion), the insertion direction of the finger is the same as the insertion direction of the game board into the insertion portion. Thereby, the insertion operation of the game board can be facilitated.

  In addition, compared to a configuration in which the gripping part is constituted by a protrusion, etc., and the protrusion is picked or gripped when attaching or detaching the game board, this feature is characterized in that the weight of the game board is easier to support and easier to rotate. It is considered that the configuration shown in FIG. In other words, when a structure such as a protrusion is adopted, it is assumed that the possibility of switching is increased in the process of attaching / detaching the game board. Furthermore, in the process of attaching and detaching the game board, there is a concern that in the process of transporting the game board, there is an increased possibility that parts other than the protrusions will be gripped. For the above reasons, it is considered that the merit of adopting the technical idea shown in the present feature for the grip portion is great.

Feature D15. The first gripping part is opened to a rotating front end side of the game board, and is recessed from the rotating front end side to a rotating base end side,
The gaming machine according to any one of D5 to D14, wherein the second gripping part is opened below the gaming board and recessed upward.

  According to the feature D15, the configuration shown in the feature D3 can be suitably realized. Specifically, in a state of facing the game board, the lower second gripping part is gripped by the hand in the insertion direction ahead of the game board, and the upper first gripping part is gripped by the opposite hand. . In this state, if the game board is mounted on the support frame, the game board is pushed by the hand on the first holding part side to the insertion part while supporting the weight of the game board with the hand on the second holding part side. The board can be installed smoothly.

  Feature D16. The gaming machine according to any one of D5 to D15, wherein the second gripping part is closer to a rotation base end side of the game board than the first gripping part.

  According to the feature D16, when each grip part is gripped, it is possible to suppress the crossing of both hands, and it is possible to contribute to improving the ease of holding the game board.

  When the game board is removed from the support frame, an operator needs to support the weight of the game board. If the grip portion is disposed only in consideration of the insertion operation and rotation operation of the game board, it may be difficult to support the weight of the game board. When the worker changes the handle in response to this, it is possible to improve the ease of holding, but the work efficiency is expected to deteriorate. In particular, when such a change is performed, there is a concern that the frequency of occurrence of inconvenience such as grasping the configuration in the game area will increase. In this regard, according to this feature, such inconvenience can be avoided by devising the arrangement of the gripping portions as described above.

  Further, the second grip portion is a portion that plays a larger role in supporting the weight of the game board than the first grip portion. By disposing the second grip portion closer to the rotation base end side than the first grip portion (for example, near the center of the game board), it is possible to realize a configuration that can easily support the game board.

Feature D17. The support frame includes a base part (opposing plate part 251) facing the back surface of the game board and a standing board part (peripheral wall part 261) standing forward from the base part. (Game board storage part 75) is formed,
The gaming machine according to any one of D1 to D16, wherein the grip portion protrudes from the game board housing portion in a state where the game board is housed in the game board housing portion.

  According to the feature D17, when removing the game board, it is possible to make it difficult to cause inconvenience that the support frame prevents access to the grip portion. Further, when the game board is mounted, even if the game board is pushed in while holding the grip part, it is preferable that the hand holding the grip part interferes with the game board housing part of the support frame. Can be avoided. As a result, it is possible to avoid changeover during work and contribute to improvement of work efficiency.

Feature D18. The support frame is supported by an object to be supported (outer frame 11) so as to be opened and closed,
The gaming board according to any one of D1 to D17, wherein the gaming board is allowed to be attached and detached from the front of the gaming machine at least in a state where the support frame is closed with respect to the support target. Game machines.

  If a configuration in which the game board is detached from the back side of the support frame is employed, it is considered that the support frame needs to be opened before the game board is attached or detached. In this case, when the game board is attached or detached, the support frame may move, and the game board may not be attached / detached smoothly. This is assumed to occur particularly when the game board is mounted. On the other hand, in order to eliminate such inconvenience, it is possible to increase the work load if an attempt is made to mount the game board with the other hand while holding the support frame with one hand. In this case, if the game board is to be balanced, the center part of the game board must be gripped. In order to cope with this, if an attempt is made in advance to make the position of the gripping part corresponding to one-handed work, the degree of freedom of arrangement of the gripping part will be reduced.

  In this regard, if the game board is configured to be attached / detached from the front side of the support frame and the game board can be attached / detached while the support frame is closed to the support target, the operator holds the game board with both hands. It becomes possible. In this case, it becomes easier to balance the game board as compared with the case where the game board is held with one hand, and the restriction on the arrangement of the holding parts can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the gripping part is set at a position deviated from the center of the game board as shown in the feature D2 or the like, it is possible to avoid the difficulty in performing work when the game board is attached / detached, and a practically preferable configuration is realized. it can.

Feature E1. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
A support frame (inner frame 13) for detachably supporting the game board;
A flat plate portion (opposing plate portion 251) provided on the support frame and facing the plate surface of the game board;
Fixing means (lock device 400) provided on the flat plate portion and fixing the game board to the support frame;
Protrusions (positioning protrusions 259) that define the mounting position of the game board with respect to the support frame by being inserted into an insertion part (through hole 91) provided in the flat plate part and formed in the game board. A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature E1, it is possible to contribute to facilitating maintenance work of the game board by making the game board detachable from the support frame. When the game board is attached to the support frame, positioning is performed by inserting the protrusion of the support frame through the insertion part of the game board, and the game board is fixed to the support frame by the fixing means. Particularly in this feature, the fixing means for fixing the game board and the protrusion for positioning are arranged on the same flat plate portion. Thereby, the shift | offset | difference of the relative position of a fixing means and protrusion is suppressed, and it can suppress that a load is added to protrusion by fixing a game board, for example. Thus, by protecting the projections, it is possible to contribute to improving the positional accuracy of the game board.

Feature E2. The gaming area is formed on the front surface of the gaming board,
The gaming machine according to E1, wherein the gaming board is attached to and detached from the front of the gaming machine with respect to the support frame, and is fixed with a back surface of the gaming board facing the flat plate portion.

  In the feature E2, the game board is configured to be attached to and detached from the front of the gaming machine with respect to the support frame, thereby contributing to the ease of attaching and detaching the game board. However, when it is possible to attach and detach the game board from the front, it is assumed that it is difficult to ensure the position accuracy of the game board (specifically, the front surface) compared to a configuration in which the game board is attached and detached from the rear of the support frame. Is done. If the configuration shown in the feature E1 is applied to such a configuration, the positional accuracy of the game board can be increased, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Feature E3. The support frame has a game board housing portion (game board housing) defined by the flat plate portion and an enclosure portion (peripheral wall portion 261) that stands up from the flat plate portion to the game board side and surrounds the game board. A gaming machine according to E1 or E2, characterized in that part 75) is formed.

  According to the feature E3, the flat plate portion forms a game board housing portion together with the surrounding portion. By housing the game board in the game board housing part, it is possible to prevent the disadvantage that the game board is pushed in a direction intersecting the protruding direction of the protrusion. Moreover, since the surrounding part which stands up from the flat plate part is formed in the flat plate part, it can contribute to ensuring the rigidity of the flat plate part. Thereby, it can suppress that the relative position of a fixing means and a processus | protrusion varies by deformation | transformation etc. of a flat plate part.

Feature E4. The game board has a substantially rectangular shape,
The surrounding portion is formed by connecting upright wall portions (wall portions 262 to 265 constituting the peripheral wall portion 261) formed along the four sides of the game board through a corner portion,
The fixing means and the protrusion are arranged along one of the plurality of standing wall portions (for example, the lower wall portion 263), and are configured to have the same distance from the standing wall portion. The gaming machine according to E3, characterized in that:

  As shown in the feature E4, the advantage of securing the rigidity shown in the feature E3 can be suitably enjoyed by arranging the fixing means and the protrusion along the standing wall portion. Moreover, even if the flat plate portion is bent with the root portion of the standing wall portion as the base end by making the distance between the standing wall portion and the fixing means equal to the distance between the standing wall portion and the projection, A shift in the relative positions of the fixing means and the protrusion can be suppressed. Thereby, it is difficult to apply a load to the protrusion, and it is possible to contribute to ensuring the positioning function of the game board.

  Feature E5. The fixing means and the protrusion are arranged so that the fixing means is closer to the other standing wall portion connected to the one standing wall portion provided along both of them than the protrusion. The gaming machine according to E4, which is arranged.

  It is assumed that a load is likely to be applied to the fixing means and its mounting portion along with the fixing operation. Since the fixing means and the protrusion are arranged on the same flat plate portion, if the load of the fixing means is transmitted to the flat plate portion, the positioning accuracy of the protrusion also decreases. In this regard, according to this feature, the fixing means is disposed so as to be closer to the projection than the other standing wall portion, so that the load is distributed to the standing wall portion, and the deformation of the flat plate portion is performed. It can be suppressed. Thereby, even in the configuration in which the fixing unit and the protrusion are provided on the same target, it is possible to suitably avoid the decrease in the positioning accuracy of the protrusion due to the load generated on the fixing unit.

Feature E6. A game ball launching device (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball to the game area;
The game board is provided with a guide rail (guide rail 100) that stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game ball launched from the game ball launcher to the game area,
The entrance portion (entrance portion 104) of the guide rail is arranged near the lower end of the game board,
The gaming machine according to any one of E1 to E5, wherein the fixing means and the protrusion are arranged near a lower end of the game board.

  In the configuration in which the game ball launched from the game ball launching device is guided to the game area by the guide rail, there is a concern that smooth guidance of the game ball is hindered due to variations in the position of the game ball landing on the guide rail. The In particular, the variation in the landing position can be a factor that increases the impact generated on the guide rail when the game ball is landed. There is concern that smooth movement of game balls will be difficult. In this regard, according to this feature, the entrance portion of the guide rail is arranged near the lower end of the game board, and the fixing means and the protrusion are similarly arranged from the lower end of the game board so that the position of the lower end of the game board is obtained. The variation, that is, the position variation of the entrance portion of the guide rail can be suppressed, and the position accuracy of the entrance portion can be improved. As described above, by improving the position accuracy of the entrance portion, it is possible to reduce the variation in the landing position of the game ball launched from the game ball launching device on the guide rail, and to eliminate the above-described disadvantages.

  Feature E7. The gaming machine according to E6, wherein the fixing means and the protrusion are provided in the vicinity of the entrance portion of the guide rail.

  According to the feature E7, by disposing the fixing means and the protrusion in the vicinity of the entrance portion of the guide rail, it is possible to contribute to further improvement of the position accuracy at the entrance portion. Thereby, the dispersion | variation in the landing position mentioned above can be suppressed, and it can contribute to the smoothness of guidance rail protection and game ball guidance.

Feature E8. The game board has a substantially rectangular shape,
A game ball launching device (game ball launching mechanism 110) that is provided on the support frame and disposed below the game board and launches a game ball to the game board side,
The game board is provided with a guide rail (guide rail 100) that stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game ball launched from the game ball launcher to the game area,
The entrance portion (entrance portion 104) of the guide rail is arranged near the lower end of the game board,
The fixing means and the protrusion are arranged near the lower end of the game board,
A plurality of wall portions (wall portions 262 to 265 constituting the peripheral wall portion 261) formed along the four sides of the game board are connected to the support frame through corner portions, and surround the game board. A peripheral wall (peripheral wall portion 261) is formed,
The gaming machine according to any one of E1 to E5, wherein the flat plate portion is continuous from a corner portion closest to the entrance portion of the guide rail in the peripheral wall.

  In the configuration in which the game ball launched from the game ball launching device is guided to the game area by the guide rail, there is a concern that smooth guidance of the game ball is hindered due to variations in the position of the game ball landing on the guide rail. The In particular, the variation in the landing position can be a factor that increases the impact generated on the guide rail when the game ball is landed. There is concern that smooth movement of game balls will be difficult. In this regard, according to this feature, the entrance portion of the guide rail is arranged near the lower end of the game board, and the fixing means and the protrusion are similarly arranged from the lower end of the game board so that the position of the lower end of the game board is obtained. The variation, that is, the position variation of the entrance portion of the guide rail can be suppressed, and the position accuracy of the entrance portion can be improved. As described above, by improving the position accuracy of the entrance portion, it is possible to reduce the variation in the landing position of the game ball launched from the game ball launching device on the guide rail, and to eliminate the above-described disadvantages.

  Further, the game board is surrounded by a peripheral wall formed on the support frame, and a flat plate portion is continuous from the corner portion closest to the entrance portion of the guide rail in the peripheral wall portion. The amount of deformation of the wall part toward the game board when the peripheral wall part is pushed toward the game board side is smaller at the boundary between the wall parts, that is, at the corner part, compared to the center of the wall part. In this way, by making the flat plate portion continuous with respect to the portion where the amount of displacement becomes small, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the positional accuracy of the flat plate portion, that is, the positional accuracy of the protrusion and the fixing means.

  Feature E9. The gaming machine according to E8, wherein the flat plate portion is continuous with two adjacent wall portions through the corner portion closest to the entrance portion of the guide rail.

  According to the feature E9, since the flat plate portion is connected to two adjacent wall portions via the corner portion, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the strength of the peripheral wall and the strength of the flat plate portion. Thereby, it can contribute to the positioning accuracy improvement of the further game board.

  In addition, for example, as compared with the case where the flat plate portion is formed so as to straddle two opposing wall portions, the occupied area of the flat plate portion can be reduced, and for example, it is possible to suitably suppress the protrusion of the game board to the center side. it can. Thereby, coexistence with various structures (for example, a control apparatus, a game ball collection path, etc.) carried in a game board can be made easy.

Feature E10. A door body (front door frame 14) that covers the game board from the front is supported by the frame portion (left frame portion 13c) of the support frame so as to be openable and closable.
The protrusion is disposed closer to a frame portion on the side of the support frame that supports the door body,
The gaming machine according to E8 or E9, wherein the flat plate portion is continuous with at least one of the plurality of wall portions on the same side as the side on which the door body is supported.

  In order to improve the position accuracy of the game board, it is effective to improve the strength of the flat plate portion. However, if the flat plate portion and the peripheral wall (wall portion) are enlarged, or if ribs or the like are formed on the flat plate portion or the like for reinforcement, the occupied area of the flat plate portion or the like is expanded. Considering the fact that gaming machines are installed in island facilities such as gaming halls, there is a limit to the size of the support frame. This is not preferable because it may be a factor that makes it difficult to coexist with peripheral parts (for example, a locking member).

  The frame portion that supports the door body in the support frame is a portion that is required to have sufficient strength to support the door body. When this frame portion and one of the wall portions to which the flat plate portion is connected are on the same side, for example, by integrating them, the strength can be improved while suppressing the expansion of the occupied area. That is, by gathering the parts requiring strength on the same side, it is possible to suitably suppress the expansion of the region necessary for securing the strength. Thereby, the position accuracy of the game board can be improved while suppressing the expansion of the occupied area for securing the strength, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature E11. The support frame is provided at a portion between the game board and the game ball launcher so as to face the lower end of the game board, and the upper and lower positions of the game board are defined by placing the game board. A mounting portion (lower wall portion 263) that
The entrance portion of the guide rail and the game ball launch device face each other across the placement portion,
The gaming machine according to any one of E6 to E10, wherein the fixing means and the protrusion are arranged along the mounting portion.

  In order to improve the positional accuracy of the game board, it is preferable to set a large number of protrusions. However, if the number of protrusions increases, the work of mounting the game board becomes complicated and the workability is considered to be reduced. In this regard, if the positioning accuracy is improved by the protrusions and the position variation by the fixing means is suppressed in the vicinity of the entrance part or the mounting part of the guide rail, which requires positioning accuracy particularly in the game board, the set number of protrusions and fixing means In other words, the positioning accuracy can be improved at a desired position without increasing workability, that is, while suppressing deterioration of workability. Further, by supporting the weight of the game board by the placing portion, it is possible to suppress the weight load applied to the fixing means and the protrusion, and it is possible to expect the positioning accuracy.

  Feature E12. The gaming machine according to E11, wherein the placement unit is erected from the flat plate portion.

  In the configuration having the mounting portion, it is possible to improve the positioning accuracy, but it is assumed that the load applied to the fixing means and the protrusion is increased if a positional deviation occurs. In this regard, by providing the mounting portion, the fixing means, and the protrusion on the flat plate portion, it is possible to easily suppress the displacement of the relative positions of these various configurations. That is, for example, when the placing portion sinks due to the weight of the game board, the protrusions and the fixing means are easily displaced following the sinking. Thereby, it is difficult to shift the relative position between the mounting portion, the fixing means, and the protrusion, and the concentration of the load on the protrusion and the fixing means can be suitably suppressed.

  In addition, in the combination with the feature E4 (a configuration in which the game board housing portion is formed by the flat plate portion and the standing wall portion), the “mounting portion” and the “standing wall portion” may be separate. , May be integral. In addition, in combination with the feature E8 (a configuration in which the game board is surrounded by a peripheral wall composed of a plurality of walls that are continuous via a corner), the “mounting portion” and the “wall” are integrated. It may be a separate body.

Feature E13. The fixing means includes a contact portion (operation portion 446 of the operation lever 440) that contacts the front surface of the game board, and a push portion (pusher 420) that pushes the game board away from the flat plate portion.
Any one of E1 to E12, wherein a gap is formed between the game board and the flat plate portion in a state where the game board is pushed by the push portion and is in contact with the contact portion. The gaming machine described in one.

  In order to improve the positioning accuracy by the protrusion, it is preferable to reduce the clearance between the insertion portion and the protrusion and completely bury the protrusion in the insertion portion. However, when such a configuration is adopted, it is assumed that if a load that shifts the position of the game board is applied even slightly, the load is likely to be concentrated on the base portion of the protrusion. Since this load acts to shear the protrusion, for example, it is assumed that there will be a problem in securing the durability of the protrusion. In this regard, in this feature, a gap is formed between the flat plate portion and the insertion portion so that the root portion of the protrusion is not inserted, so that the same load due to the load described above is utilized by utilizing the bending (elastic deformation) of the protrusion. Generation | occurrence | production of the shearing of a protrusion, bending, etc. can be suppressed. Thereby, the durability of the positioning means can be suitably improved while improving the positioning accuracy by the positioning means, and it is possible to contribute to the realization of a configuration that can withstand repeated use.

  For example, the protrusion amount of the flat plate portion at the push portion may be set smaller than the protrusion amount of the protrusion from the plate surface.

Feature E14. The fixing means includes an operation unit (an operation unit 446 of the operation lever 440) that can be switched between a fixed state for fixing the game board and a fixed release state for releasing the game board.
The game board has a passage portion (insertion portion 92) that allows passage of the operation portion when the operation portion is in the unlocked state,
When the operation part is located in the passage part and the projection is located outside the insertion part, the operation part is switched to the unlocked state of the operation part by the passage part. The gaming machine according to E13, wherein the gaming machine is blocked.

  According to the feature E14, when the game board is arranged at the mounting completion position, for example, it is possible to prevent the fixing operation from being performed forcibly even though the position of the game board is not determined. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of inconvenience that a load is applied to the protrusion due to an excessive switching operation and the protrusion is deformed. Therefore, the protection function of the protrusion can be improved, and the positioning accuracy can be ensured.

Feature E15. An insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side of the game board is inserted
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated around the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion.
The protrusion and the insertion portion regulate movement of the game board in the width direction of the game board by inserting the protrusion into the insertion part.
The operation portion of the fixing means is disposed on the rotation base end side of the game board with respect to the protrusion, and the amount of protrusion of the operation portion from the flat plate portion stands from the flat plate portion of the protrusion. It is formed to be larger than the amount,
The gaming machine according to E14, wherein the passage portion is formed to be slightly larger than the operation portion in the fixed state at least in the width direction.

  According to the feature E15, in the process of turning and mounting the game board, the operation portion of the fixing means passes through the passage portion before the protrusion is inserted into the insertion portion. The passage portion allows the passage when the operation portion is in the unlocked state. At this time, if the game board (specifically, the operation unit) is misaligned in the width direction, the game board cannot pass unless the misalignment is slight. As a result, the following effects can be expected.

  In other words, in the configuration in which the switching operation to the fixed state is performed after the positioning as shown in the feature E14, the game board is pushed in such a state that the protrusion does not fit well in the insertion portion, and the protrusion hits the back of the game board. There is a risk. This is not preferable because it may cause deformation of the protrusion and may make it difficult to secure the positional accuracy. In this regard, in this feature, since the protrusion is inserted into the insertion portion in a state in which the displacement of the game board is suppressed to some extent by the operation portion and the passage portion, it is possible to make the above-described inconvenience difficult to occur. . Thereby, it can contribute to maintenance of the positioning function of protrusion.

  For example, it is good to set it as the structure by which protrusion is penetrated by the insertion part in the process in which the operation part is passing the passage part.

Feature E16. A plurality of the fixing means are provided;
The gaming machine according to any one of E1 to E15, wherein the protrusion is disposed between two of the fixing means.

  According to the feature E16, by disposing the protrusion between the two fixing means, it is possible to easily disperse the load generated due to the positional deviation of the game board and the like, and it is possible to favorably secure the protrusion positioning function.

Feature E17. The protrusion and the insertion portion regulate movement of the game board in the width direction of the game board by inserting the protrusion into the insertion part.
The gaming machine according to any one of E1 to E16, wherein the fixing means is arranged in the width direction with respect to the protrusion.

  If the fixing means are arranged side by side in a direction different from the width direction, when a load is applied to move the game board in the width direction, a part of the fixing means can be dispersed by the fixing means. It is difficult to suppress the generation of rotational moments around the fixed part. For this reason, it is assumed that it is difficult to increase the load distribution efficiency with respect to the protrusions. In this regard, according to the present feature, by arranging the protrusions and the fixing means side by side in the width direction of the game board, the generation of the rotational moment described above can be suppressed and the load distribution efficiency can be increased. Thereby, the protection function of the protrusion can be further improved.

Feature F1. A game board (game board 80) having a game area (game area PE) formed on the front surface;
A support frame (inner frame 13) for detachably supporting the game board;
In the gaming machine in which the gaming board is attached to the support frame from the front of the gaming machine,
A game ball launching device (game ball launching mechanism 110) that is provided on the support frame and is arranged below the game board and launches a game ball in a predetermined direction;
A guide means (guide rail 100) that forms a wall standing up from the front surface of the game board and guides the game ball to the game area when the game ball launched from the game ball launcher moves along the wall surface. )When,
Positioning means (internal) provided in the vicinity of the entrance portion (entrance portion 104) into which the game ball launched from the game ball launching device enters in the guide means and defining the mounting position of the game board with respect to the support frame A gaming machine comprising a positioning protrusion 259 of the frame 13 and a through hole 91) of the gaming board 80.

  According to the feature F1, the game ball launched from the game ball launching device is guided to the game area by the guiding means. At this time, for example, an impact due to the collision of the game balls may occur at a position where the game balls land on the guide means. If such an impact increases, the guiding means may be deformed and the gaming ball may not be guided smoothly.

  In this feature, by adopting a configuration in which the game board is attached from the front side of the support frame, the degree of freedom in positioning the positioning means is increased compared to a configuration in which the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame, and a specific position is set. It is easy to ensure the position accuracy at. Specifically, in a configuration in which the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame, for example, a position that overlaps with the game area in the front-rear direction or a position that overlaps with the various game parts mounted on the game board in the front-rear direction. However, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the front side of the support frame, it is possible to suppress the above-described restriction on the arrangement of the positioning means. In this way, the degree of freedom in positioning the positioning means is improved, and in particular, the positioning means is provided in the vicinity of the inlet portion of the guiding means, thereby improving the positional accuracy of the inlet portion and suppressing variations in the landing position of the game ball. It becomes possible. Thereby, it can contribute to smoothing of guidance of a game ball by guidance means. In addition, the durability of the guiding means can be improved while preventing the impact at the time of landing of the game ball from becoming larger than expected and avoiding strengthening of the guiding means and the mounting structure of the guiding means. Therefore, it is possible to improve the durability of the guiding means while suppressing complication of the structure.

Feature F2. The game ball launcher includes a launch rail (a launch rail 112) that defines the launch direction of the game ball,
The gaming machine according to F1, wherein the positioning means is disposed on a substantially extension of the firing rail.

  The game ball launched from the game ball launcher moves along the launch rail and moves toward the extension of the launch rail. In this case, it is assumed that the game ball is likely to land on a portion (specific part SP) located on the extension of the launch rail in the positioning means. Particularly in this feature, the positioning means can be positioned near the assumed landing position of the game ball by disposing the positioning means substantially on the extension of the firing rail. Thereby, the various effects shown in the feature F1 can be further enhanced.

Feature F3. The guiding means is constituted by an inner rail (inner rail 101) and an outer rail (outer rail 102) provided in an inner and outer double with a gap through which a game ball can pass.
The inner rail and the outer rail are formed in a curved shape that protrudes outward from the game area,
The gaming machine according to F1 or F2, wherein the positioning means is arranged at a position overlapping the front and rear of the outer rail in a front view of the gaming machine.

  According to the feature F3, by positioning the positioning means in a position overlapping the outer rail in the front view of the gaming machine, the positional accuracy of the guiding means with respect to the game ball launching device can be further improved, which is shown in the feature F1. The effect can be further enhanced.

  Feature F4. The positioning means has a protrusion (positioning protrusion 259) formed on the support frame and an insertion portion (through hole 91) formed on the game board through which the protrusion is inserted. A gaming machine according to F3.

  By adopting a configuration in which the protrusion of the support frame is inserted into the insertion portion of the game board as shown in the feature F4, positioning means can be arranged behind the outer rail, and the configuration shown in the feature F3 can be suitably realized. it can.

Feature F5. The insertion portion has a hole shape penetrating in the thickness direction of the game board,
A regulation that regulates deformation of the outer rail by contacting the outer rail from the opposite side to the side facing the inner rail, opposite to the side where the protrusion is inserted in the insertion portion. A gaming machine according to F4, wherein a member (rail support member 107) is attached.

  According to the feature F5, by adopting a configuration in which the deformation of the outer rail is regulated by the regulating member, it is possible to disperse the impact when the game ball lands on the outer rail. In particular, by attaching the restricting member to the positioning through hole, the restricting member can be easily arranged corresponding to the landing position of the game ball, for example. That is, it is possible to suppress the deformation of the outer rail at a more appropriate position by attaching the regulating member using the positioning through hole.

  In addition, the complexity of a structure can be kept to the minimum by utilizing a through-hole as an attachment hole of a control means.

Feature F6. A plurality of fixing portions (fixing pins 102a) arranged along the outer rail and fixing the outer rail to the game board;
The gaming machine according to F5, wherein the restricting member is in contact with the outer rail between the plurality of fixed portions.

  According to the feature F6, excessive deformation (for example, plastic deformation) can be regulated by the regulating member while allowing the outer rail to bend and deform. Thereby, the contact time when the game ball has landed (collised) can be lengthened, and the impact force generated by the landing of the game ball can be reduced.

  In addition, when it is set as the structure which accept | permits a bending deformation of an outer rail, when an outer rail restore | restores, it is assumed that a vibration will remain easily. Therefore, the restricting member may be formed to have a natural vibration value different from that of the outer rail. Thereby, the buffering function and the damping function of the guiding means can be strengthened, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature F7. The positioning means defines the left and right positions of the game board by inserting the protrusion into the insertion portion.
The inlet portion of the guiding means is disposed near the lower end of the game board,
The support frame is provided at a position between the game board and the game ball launcher so as to face the lower end of the game board, and the game board is placed to define the vertical position of the game board. The gaming machine according to any one of F4 to F6, further comprising a mounting portion (lower side wall portion 263).

  According to the feature F7, the vertical position of the game board is defined in a state where the game board is placed on the placement portion of the support frame. Specifically, the vertical position is defined on the side close to the game ball launcher. Thereby, the position accuracy of the entrance part of the guidance means can be increased, and it can contribute to the improvement of the accuracy of the landing position of the game ball launched from the game ball launching device with respect to the guidance means.

  Further, the game board has its left and right positions defined by protrusions, which further improves the accuracy of the landing position described above. By adopting a protrusion provided at a position where the game board and the support frame face each other for the left and right positioning, the protrusion can be disposed at a position where the position accuracy of the guiding means can be easily improved. However, in the case where positioning is performed by the protrusions as described above, if an excessive load is applied to the protrusions, the positioning accuracy is lowered and the original purpose can be reversed.

  In this regard, in this feature, as described above, the weight of the game board is supported by the placement portion, and the weight of the game board can be suppressed from being applied to the protrusion. Thereby, the positional accuracy of the game board (specifically the guiding means) is improved, and the variation in the landing position when the game ball lands on the guiding means is suitably suppressed. Therefore, smooth guidance of the game ball by the guiding means can be realized without complicating the mounting structure of the guiding means.

  Feature F8. When the game board is mounted on the support frame, the left and right positions of the game board are defined by the protrusions in a state where the vertical position of the game board is defined by the placement unit. The gaming machine according to F7.

  According to the feature F8, when performing the mounting operation of the game board, it is possible to deposit at least a part of the weight on the support frame side by first placing the game board on the mounting portion. In this manner, by supporting the game board by the weight placing portion in the process of attaching the game board, it is possible to make it difficult to cause the disadvantage that the game board is mounted with momentum. Thereby, even if it is a case where protrusion and a game board interfere, it can suppress that an excessive load is added to the protrusion. That is, it contributes to the realization of smooth guidance of the game ball by making it difficult to deform the projection and increasing the positional accuracy.

  For example, in a section where the game board is moved to the installation completion position, a first positioning section that performs vertical positioning and a second positioning section that performs vertical and horizontal positioning are provided, and the first positioning section is on the near side. The second positioning section may be set to be on the back side.

Feature F9. The protrusion is provided on the support frame;
The gaming machine according to F8, wherein a front end edge of the placement unit is located on a front side in a mounting direction of the game board with respect to a tip of the protrusion.

  In order to realize the configuration shown in the feature F8, as shown in this feature, it is preferable that the tip of the protrusion does not protrude toward the front side in the mounting direction of the game board from the front end edge of the placement portion. As a result, it is possible to define the left and right positions in a state in which the deviation of the vertical position is suppressed, which can contribute to the protection of the protrusions.

Feature F10. An insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side of the game board is inserted
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated around the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion.
The gaming machine according to F8 or F9, wherein the gaming board can be placed on the placement section at least in a state where the gaming board is inserted into the insertion section.

  In the configuration in which the game board is mounted on the support frame, if the stroke required for mounting the game board (the stroke from the placement part to the mounting completion position) is small, the positioning as shown in the feature F8 or the feature F9 It will be difficult to clarify the order. In this case, it is not possible to exclude the possibility of the left and right positioning being performed in a state where the vertical positioning is inaccurate, such as before the game board is placed on the mounting portion. For example, if you apply a configuration related to the attachment of a replacement unit for a swivel-type gaming machine and adopt a configuration in which the game board is mounted by sliding it in its own thickness direction, increase the thickness of the gaming machine From the viewpoint that it is not preferable, it is difficult to secure the slide stroke, and it may be difficult to avoid the above disadvantages.

  In this regard, as shown in this feature, by making the game board turnable, it is possible to ensure the stroke while suppressing an increase in the thickness of the game machine. If the stroke can be ensured in this way, the left and right positioning can be performed with the mounting portion increasing the vertical positioning accuracy, and the interference of the protrusions can be suitably suppressed.

Feature F11. The support frame is provided with a flat plate portion (opposing plate portion 251) facing the back surface of the game board, and the protrusion is arranged on the flat plate portion,
An abutting portion (stopper 267 and operation portion 446 of the locking device 400) provided on the support frame and abutting against the front surface of the game board;
A pressing portion (plate spring 270 and pusher 420) provided on the support frame and pressing the game board toward the contact portion;
Any one of F4 to F10, wherein a gap is formed between the flat plate portion and the insertion portion when the game board is pushed by the push portion and is in contact with the contact portion. The gaming machine described in one.

  In order to improve the positioning accuracy by the protrusion, it is preferable to reduce the clearance between the insertion portion and the protrusion and completely bury the protrusion in the insertion portion. However, when such a configuration is adopted, it is assumed that if a load that shifts the position of the game board is applied even slightly, the load is likely to be concentrated on the base portion of the protrusion. Since this load acts to shear the protrusion, for example, it is assumed that there will be a problem in securing the durability of the protrusion. In this regard, in this feature, a gap is formed between the flat plate portion and the insertion portion so that the root portion of the protrusion is not inserted, so that the same load due to the load described above is utilized by utilizing the bending (elastic deformation) of the protrusion. Generation | occurrence | production of the shearing of a protrusion, bending, etc. can be suppressed. Thereby, the durability of the positioning means can be suitably improved while improving the positioning accuracy by the positioning means, and it is possible to contribute to the realization of a configuration that can withstand repeated use.

  For example, the front and rear positions of the game board may be defined by the contact portion and the push portion.

  Feature F12. The gaming machine according to F11, wherein the placement unit is erected from the flat plate portion.

  In the configuration having the mounting portion, it is possible to improve the positioning accuracy, but it is assumed that the load applied to the fixing means and the protrusion is increased if a positional deviation occurs. By providing the mounting portion and the protrusion on the flat plate portion in this respect, it is possible to easily suppress the displacement of the relative positions of these various configurations. That is, for example, when the placement portion sinks due to the weight of the game board, the protrusions are also easily displaced following the sink. Thereby, it is difficult to shift the relative position between the placement portion and the protrusion, and the concentration of the load on the protrusion can be suitably suppressed.

Feature F13. The support frame is provided at a portion between the game board and the game ball launcher so as to face the lower end of the game board, and the upper and lower positions of the game board are defined by placing the game board. A mounting portion (lower side wall portion 263) to perform,
A fixing means (locking device 400) provided on the flat plate portion and fixing the game board to the support frame;
The gaming machine according to F11 or F12, wherein the fixing means and the protrusion are arranged along the placement portion.

  In order to improve the positional accuracy of the game board, it is preferable to set a large number of protrusions. However, if the number of protrusions increases, the work of mounting the game board becomes complicated and the workability is considered to be reduced. In this regard, if the positioning accuracy is improved by the protrusions and the position variation by the fixing means is suppressed in the vicinity of the entrance part or the mounting part of the guiding means that particularly requires positioning accuracy in the game board, the set number of protrusions and fixing means In other words, the positioning accuracy can be improved at a desired position without increasing workability, that is, while suppressing deterioration of workability. Further, by supporting the weight of the game board by the placing portion, it is possible to suppress the weight load applied to the fixing means and the protrusion, and it is possible to expect the positioning accuracy.

  In combination with the feature F6 and the like, the “mounting portion” shown in the feature F6 and the like and the “mounting portion” shown in this feature may be the same.

Feature F14. A plurality of the fixing means are provided;
The gaming machine according to F13, wherein the protrusion is disposed between two of the fixing means.

  According to the feature F14, by disposing the protrusion between the two fixing means, it is possible to disperse the load generated due to the positional deviation of the game board or the like, and it is possible to favorably secure the protrusion positioning function.

Feature F15. The fixing means includes an operation unit (an operation unit 446 of the operation lever 440) that can be switched between a fixed state for fixing the game board and a fixed release state for releasing the game board.
The game board has a passage portion (insertion portion 92) that allows passage of the operation portion when the operation portion is in the unlocked state,
When the operation part is located in the passage part and the projection is located outside the insertion part, the operation part is switched to the unlocked state of the operation part by the passage part. The gaming machine according to F13 or F14, wherein the gaming machine is blocked.

  According to the feature F15, when the game board is arranged at the mounting completion position, for example, it is possible to prevent the fixing operation from being performed forcibly even though the position of the game board is not determined. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of inconvenience that a load is applied to the protrusion due to an excessive switching operation and the protrusion is deformed. Therefore, the protection function of the protrusion can be improved, and the positioning accuracy can be ensured.

Feature F16. An insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side of the game board is inserted
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated around the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion.
The protrusion and the insertion portion regulate movement of the game board in the width direction of the game board by inserting the protrusion into the insertion part.
The operation portion of the fixing means is disposed on the rotation base end side of the game board with respect to the protrusion, and the amount of protrusion of the operation portion from the flat plate portion stands from the flat plate portion of the protrusion. It is formed to be larger than the amount,
The gaming machine according to F15, wherein the passage portion is formed to be slightly larger than the operation portion in the fixed state at least in the width direction.

  According to the feature F16, in the process of turning and mounting the game board, the operation portion of the fixing means passes through the passage portion before the protrusion is inserted into the insertion portion. The passage portion allows the passage when the operation portion is in the unlocked state. At this time, if the game board (specifically, the operation unit) is misaligned in the width direction, the game board cannot pass unless the misalignment is slight. As a result, the following effects can be expected.

  In other words, in the configuration in which the switching operation to the fixed state is performed after the positioning as shown in the feature F15, the game board is pushed in such a state that the protrusion does not fit well in the insertion portion, and the protrusion hits the back of the game board. There is a risk. This is not preferable because it may cause deformation of the protrusion and may make it difficult to secure the positional accuracy. In this regard, in this feature, since the protrusion is inserted into the insertion portion in a state in which the displacement of the game board is suppressed to some extent by the operation portion and the passage portion, it is possible to make the above-described inconvenience difficult to occur. . Thereby, it can contribute to maintenance of the positioning function of protrusion.

  For example, it is good to set it as the structure by which protrusion is penetrated by the insertion part in the process in which the operation part is passing the passage part.

  In combination with the feature F10 or the like, the “insertion portion” shown in the feature F10 or the like and the “insertion portion” shown in this feature may be the same.

  Feature F17. The insertion portion is formed so that a gap is formed between the protrusion and the protrusion so as to allow relative movement in the vertical direction of the protrusion and the insertion portion in a state where the protrusion is inserted. The gaming machine according to any one of F4 to F16.

  According to the feature F17, even if the vertical position of the game board varies, it is possible to suppress the influence of the variation from affecting the protrusions. That is, it is possible to reduce the inconvenience that the left and right positions are likely to vary with the variation in the vertical position. Thereby, the fall of the positional accuracy of the above-mentioned game board (specifically guidance means) can be suppressed as much as possible.

  Especially in combination with the feature F5 and the feature F6 (configuration having a regulating member), for example, the insertion portion has a long hole shape that expands up and down, and the insertion portion of the regulation member is fitted to the insertion portion, The following effects can be enjoyed. That is, the displacement of the restricting member is suitably suppressed. For example, when a load propagates from the outer rail to the restricting member, the restricting member rotates around the insertion portion and is directed to the guiding means (specifically, the outer rail). It is possible to suppress the displacement of the restriction position. With such a simple configuration, a practically preferable configuration can be realized by suppressing the displacement of the regulating member.

Feature G1. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
A support frame (inner frame 13) for detachably supporting the game board;
A game ball launching device (game ball launching mechanism 110) that is provided on the support frame and disposed below the game board and launches a game ball to the game board side;
Guidance means (guidance rail 100) that is provided on the game board and guides the game balls launched from the game ball launch device to the game area;
The support frame is provided at a portion between the game board and the game ball launcher so as to face the lower end of the game board, and the upper and lower positions of the game board are defined by placing the game board. A mounting portion (lower side wall portion 263) to perform,
A game provided with a projection (positioning projection 259) that is provided at a position where the game board and the support frame are opposed to each other on the upper side of the placement section, and that defines a left-right position of the game board. Machine.

  According to the feature G1, the game ball launched from the game ball launching device is guided to the game area by the guiding means. The upper and lower positions of the game board are defined in a state where the game board is placed on the placement portion of the support frame. Specifically, the vertical position is defined on the side close to the game ball launcher. As a result, the positional accuracy of the game board (specifically, the guiding means) can be increased, and it is possible to contribute to improving the accuracy of the landing position of the gaming ball launched from the game ball launching device with respect to the guiding means.

  Further, the game board has its left and right positions defined by protrusions, which further improves the accuracy of the landing position described above. In particular, by adopting a protrusion provided at a position where the game board and the support frame face each other for the left and right positioning, the protrusion can be arranged at a position where the position accuracy of the guiding means can be easily improved. . However, in the case where positioning is performed by the protrusions as described above, if an excessive load is applied to the protrusions, the positioning accuracy is lowered and the original purpose can be reversed.

  In this regard, in this feature, as described above, the weight of the game board is supported by the placement portion, and the weight of the game board can be suppressed from being applied to the protrusion. Thereby, the positional accuracy of the game board (specifically the guiding means) is improved, and the variation in the landing position when the game ball lands on the guiding means is suitably suppressed. Therefore, smooth guidance of the game ball by the guiding means can be realized without complicating the mounting structure of the guiding means.

  Feature G2. When the game board is mounted on the support frame, the left and right positions of the game board are defined by the protrusions in a state where the vertical position of the game board is defined by the placement unit. The gaming machine according to G1.

  According to the feature G2, when performing the mounting operation of the game board, it is possible to deposit at least a part of the weight on the support frame side by first placing the game board on the mounting part. In this manner, by supporting the game board by the weight placing portion in the process of attaching the game board, it is possible to make it difficult to cause the disadvantage that the game board is mounted with momentum. Thereby, even if it is a case where protrusion and a game board interfere, it can suppress that an excessive load is added to the protrusion. That is, it contributes to the realization of smooth guidance of the game ball by making it difficult to deform the projection and increasing the positional accuracy.

  For example, in a section where the game board is moved to the installation completion position, a first positioning section that performs vertical positioning and a second positioning section that performs vertical and horizontal positioning are provided, and the first positioning section is on the near side. The second positioning section may be set to be on the back side.

Feature G3. The protrusion is provided on the support frame;
The gaming machine according to G2, wherein the front end edge of the mounting portion is located on the front side in the mounting direction of the game board with respect to the tip of the protrusion.

  In order to realize the configuration shown in the feature G2, as shown in this feature, it is preferable that the tip of the protrusion does not protrude toward the front side in the mounting direction of the game board from the front end edge of the placement portion. As a result, it is possible to define the left and right positions in a state in which the deviation of the vertical position is suppressed, which can contribute to the protection of the protrusions.

Feature G4. An insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side of the game board is inserted
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated around the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion.
The gaming machine according to G2 or G3, wherein the gaming board can be placed on the placement section at least in a state where the gaming board is inserted into the insertion section.

  In the configuration in which the game board is mounted on the support frame, if the stroke required for mounting the game board (the stroke from the placement portion to the mounting completion position) is small, positioning as shown in the feature G2 or the feature G3 It will be difficult to clarify the order. In this case, it is not possible to exclude the possibility of the left and right positioning being performed in a state where the vertical positioning is inaccurate, such as before the game board is placed on the mounting portion. For example, if you apply a configuration related to the attachment of a replacement unit for a swivel-type gaming machine and adopt a configuration in which the game board is mounted by sliding it in its own thickness direction, increase the thickness of the gaming machine From the viewpoint that it is not preferable, it is difficult to secure the slide stroke, and it may be difficult to avoid the above disadvantages.

  In this regard, as shown in this feature, by making the game board turnable, it is possible to ensure the stroke while suppressing an increase in the thickness of the game machine. If the stroke can be ensured in this way, the left and right positioning can be performed with the mounting portion increasing the vertical positioning accuracy, and the interference of the protrusions can be suitably suppressed.

Feature G5. The mounting portion extends along a lower edge of the game board,
The protrusion is disposed above an intermediate portion of the placement portion in the width direction of the game board,
In the case where the game board is mounted on the support frame, the game board is placed on a portion on the insertion portion side and a portion on the opposite side of the insertion portion with respect to the protrusion in the placement portion. The gaming machine according to G4, wherein positioning by the protrusion is performed in a state where is placed.

  According to the feature G5, by forming the placement portion along the lower edge of the game board, the vertical positioning accuracy can be increased in accordance with the movement to the mounting completion position. For example, in the configuration in which the positioning accuracy is maximized from the beginning, it seems that it is preferable from the viewpoint of protection of the protrusions, but it is assumed that the game board is easy to use, and that an excessive push-in is induced. . This is not preferable from the viewpoint of protecting the projection, that is, ensuring the positional accuracy. In this regard, in the gaming machine in which it is easy to secure the stroke for mounting the game board as shown in the feature G4, the position accuracy is improved in accordance with the stroke so that the position accuracy is improved and the game board is mounted. It is possible to preferably achieve both ease.

  In addition, before the positioning by the protrusions is made in the process of moving the game board to the installation completion position, the game board is mounted on the mounting part on both sides of the protrusions, so that the upper and lower positions of the game board at the protrusions and the periphery thereof Positioning on the left and right by the protrusions is performed with increased accuracy. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the inconvenience that positioning by the protrusions becomes difficult due to variations in the vertical position of the game board.

  Feature G6. The game board is held by the insertion portion in a state where displacement of the rotation center position of the game board is allowed when the game board is rotated to the mounting completion position. A gaming machine according to G5.

  As shown in the feature G4 and the like, when a configuration is adopted in which the game board is rotated when the game board is attached or detached, it becomes easy to protect the positioning projections, but it is difficult to increase the positioning accuracy. . Specifically, in the configuration in which the game board is rotated, if the protrusions extend back and forth, the game board is liable to turn. In order to avoid this, for example, if the protrusion insertion hole shown in the feature G2 is expanded, the positioning accuracy can be lowered. This is not preferable because it can cause a decrease in the guiding function of the guiding means described above.

  In this regard, in this feature, the strong interference of the protrusions accompanying the rotation of the game board can be suitably suppressed by displacing the rotation center position of the game board. Thereby, it is possible to avoid the interference of the protrusions while ensuring the positioning accuracy, and to realize a practically preferable configuration.

Feature G7. The support frame is supported by an object to be supported (outer frame 11) so as to be opened and closed,
G1 to G6 are characterized in that the game board is attached to the support frame from the front side and is detachable with the support frame closed with respect to the support target. A gaming machine according to any one of the above.

  If a configuration is adopted in which the game board is attached and detached from the back side of the support frame, the support frame may rotate together when the game board is rotated. If it is this, positioning cannot be performed well. In this work, it is assumed that the player holds the support frame with one hand and pushes the game board with the other hand, but this causes the game board's mounting track to vary and the game board and the support frame to collide easily. It is a concern. In this regard, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the front side of the support frame, the work can be performed while the support frame is closed with respect to the support target, so that such inconvenience can be less likely to occur.

  Feature G8. In any one of G1 to G7, the placing portion supports at least a portion on the right side of the protrusion and a portion on the left side of the protrusion at a lower end portion of the game board. The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature G8, it can suppress that the game board mounted in the mounting part inclines to the left or right or falls down. Thereby, it is possible to avoid the protrusions from strongly interfering when the game board is mounted, or an excessive load applied to the protrusions when the game board is completely mounted.

Feature G9. A guidance means (guidance rail 100) that stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game ball launched from the game ball launch device to the game area;
The gaming machine according to any one of G1 to G8, wherein the protrusion is disposed in the vicinity of an entrance portion (entrance portion 104) of a game ball in the guide means.

  According to the feature G9, the position accuracy of the inlet portion can be improved by arranging the protrusion in the vicinity of the inlet portion of the guiding means. Thereby, for example, variation in the landing position of the game ball can be suppressed, and it can contribute to the realization of smooth guidance by the guidance means.

  Feature G10. The gaming machine according to G9, wherein an inlet portion of the guiding means is disposed near a lower end of the gaming board.

  As shown in the feature G10, by further disposing the entrance portion of the guiding means from the lower end of the game board, that is, closer to the placement portion, further improvement in the position accuracy of the entrance portion can be expected. Thereby, the guidance of the game ball by the guidance means can be made more suitable.

Feature G11. One of the support frame and the game board is provided with a facing portion (facing plate portion 251) facing the other, and the protrusion is disposed on the facing portion.
An insertion portion (through hole 91) provided on the other of the support frame and the game board and through which the protrusion is inserted;
An abutting portion (stopper 267 and pusher 420 of the locking device 400) provided on the support frame and abutting against the front surface of the game board;
A pressing portion (plate spring 270 or pusher 420 of the locking device 400) provided on the support frame and pressing the game board toward the contact portion side;
Any one of G1 to G10, wherein a gap is formed between the facing portion and the insertion portion when the game board is pressed by the pressing portion and is in contact with the contact portion. The gaming machine described in one.

  In order to improve the positioning accuracy by the protrusion, it is preferable to reduce the clearance between the insertion portion and the protrusion and completely bury the protrusion in the insertion portion. However, when such a configuration is adopted, it is assumed that if a load that shifts the position of the game board is applied even slightly, the load is likely to be concentrated on the base portion of the protrusion. Since this load acts to shear the protrusion, for example, it is assumed that there will be a problem in securing the durability of the protrusion. In this regard, in this feature, a gap is formed between the flat plate portion and the insertion portion so that the root portion of the protrusion is not inserted, so that the same load due to the load described above is utilized by utilizing the bending (elastic deformation) of the protrusion. Generation | occurrence | production of the shearing of a protrusion, bending, etc. can be suppressed. Thereby, the durability of the positioning means can be suitably improved while improving the positioning accuracy by the positioning means, and it is possible to contribute to the realization of a configuration that can withstand repeated use.

Feature G12. The protrusion is provided on either the game board or the support frame,
The other part of the game board and the support frame is provided with an insertion part (through hole 91) through which the protrusion is inserted,
In the insertion portion, a gap that allows relative movement in the vertical direction of the projection and the insertion portion is formed between the projection and the projection when the projection is inserted. The gaming machine according to any one of G11.

  According to the feature G12, even if the vertical position of the game board varies, it is possible to suppress the influence of the variation from affecting the protrusions. That is, it is possible to reduce the inconvenience that the left and right positions are likely to vary with the variation in the vertical position. Thereby, the fall of the positional accuracy of the above-mentioned game board (specifically guidance means) can be suppressed as much as possible.

  Incidentally, any one of the features B1 to B12, the features C1 to C16, the features D1 to D18, the features E1 to E17, the features F1 to F17, the features G1 to G12, or a combination thereof is used as the feature A1. May be applied to A11 to A11, or the features B1 to B12, the features C1 to C16, the features D1 to D18, the features E1 to E17, the features F1 to F17, and the features G1 to G12 may be combined with each other. May be.

  The basic configuration of the gaming machine to which the above features can be applied is shown below.

  Pachinko gaming machine: operating means (game ball launching handle 40) operated by a player, game ball launching means (solenoid 111 of the game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on the operation of the operating means, A ball passage (guide rail 100) that guides the launched game ball to a predetermined game area, and each game part (such as a nail 87) arranged in the game area, and a predetermined passage portion among these game parts A gaming machine that gives a privilege to a player when a game ball passes through (the operation port 83 or the like).

  Slot machine, etc .: A variable display means that displays a symbol sequence consisting of a plurality of symbols in a variable manner and then stops and displays the symbol sequence. Special game advantageous to the player on the condition that the change of the symbol is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stoppage or when a predetermined time elapses and the final stop symbol at the time of stoppage is a specific symbol A gaming machine that generates a state (bonus game, etc.).

  Ball-use belt-type game machine: Equipped with variable display means that displays the symbol sequence consisting of multiple symbols in a variably displayed state, and then stops and displays the symbol sequence. The special game state (bonus) that is advantageous to the player on the condition that the change of the symbol is stopped due to the operation of the operating means or when the predetermined time elapses, and the final stop symbol at the time of the stop is a specific symbol A throwing device that performs a throwing process for taking in a game ball from the ball tray and a payout device for paying out the game ball to the ball tray, A gaming machine configured such that the operation of the starting operation means is made effective when a game ball is inserted by.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine as game machine, 11 ... Outer frame, 12 ... Inner frame as support frame, 14 ... Front door frame as door body, 22 ... Glass as panel member, 40 ... Game ball launch handle, 70 ... Resin base, 75 ... Game board housing part, 76 ... Central opening, 79 ... Launch mechanism installation part, 80 ... Game board, 85 ... Variable display unit, 91 ... Through hole, 92 ... Insertion part, 100 ... Guidance as guiding means Rail: 101 ... Inner rail, 102 ... Outer rail, 104 ... Entrance portion as inlet portion, 107 ... Rail support member, 110 ... Game ball launching mechanism as game ball launching device, 112 ... Launch rail, 251 ... As flat plate portion ,...,... Positioning protrusions constituting positioning means, 261... Peripheral wall portion as an enclosing portion, 263... Lower wall portion as a placement portion, 267. Plate spring as urging means or pressing part, 280... Insertion part, 290... Temporary placing part, 400... Locking device as positioning means or fixing means, 410. Shaft body as shaft part, 420. 430 ... Coil spring as urging means, 440 ... Operation lever, 446 ... Operation part, 480 ... Game area partition member, 481, 482 ... Grip part, 485 ... Opposing part, 486 ... Unit housing part, 490 ... Return rubber, 491 ... Screw, 492 ... Certificate, 494 ... Identification unit, PE ... Game area, SP ... Specific part.

Claims (8)

Provided with a game board with a game area formed on the front side,
In a gaming machine in which the gaming board is attached from the front of the gaming machine to a support frame that detachably supports the gaming board,
A game area partition member that is fixed to the game board in a state of protruding from the front surface of the game board, and that partitions the game area;
A gaming machine, comprising: a grip portion provided in a portion of the game area partition member outside the game area and gripped from a front side of the game board. An insertion portion provided on the support frame and into which one side of the game board is inserted;
The game board is attached to and detached from the support frame by being rotated around the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion.
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the grip portion is arranged on a rotating front end side of the game board. The door is rotatably supported by the support frame, and includes a door body that covers the game board from the front.
The insertion portion is provided on the same side of the support frame as the side on which the door body is supported, and is open on the opposite side of the support frame from the side on which the door body is supported. The game board is inserted from the opened side,
The gaming machine according to claim 2, wherein the grip portion is provided on the opposite side of the gaming board from the side inserted into the insertion portion.   The game board is provided on the rotation base end side of the game board with respect to the game area partition member, partitions the game area together with the game area partition member, and plays the game ball emitted from the game ball launcher. 4. The gaming machine according to claim 2, further comprising a guide rail that leads to the area. The grip part has a first grip part and a second grip part provided individually,
The first gripping part is disposed near the end opposite to the side inserted into the insertion part in the game board,
The said 2nd holding part is arrange | positioned in the said game board near the edge part extended from the rotation base end side to the rotation front end side of any one of Claim 2 thru | or 4 characterized by the above-mentioned. The gaming machine described in 1. The game area partition member is
A portion of the game area partition member facing the game area side is provided, and when a game ball launched along the guide rail of the game board collides, a part of the impact generated by the collision is absorbed. Along with the return part that bounces the game ball,
The return portion and the first gripping portion are arranged in parallel inside and outside the game region, with the return portion being inside the game region and the first gripping portion being outside the game region. Item 6. The gaming machine according to Item 5. A first fixing means for fixing the game area partition member to the game board;
The gaming machine according to claim 6, wherein the first fixing means is disposed between the return portion and the first gripping portion. The guide rail provided in the game board guides the game ball flowing down the game area to a discharge port formed in the game board, and on the rotation tip side of the game board above the discharge port. Open,
The game area partition member covers an open portion of the guide rail,
Furthermore, the game area partition member has a facing portion facing the guide rail from below between the lower open end of the guide rail and the outlet.
The gaming machine according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein the second grip portion is disposed on a side opposite to the guide rail with respect to the facing portion.

Images